]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
Following the discussion with Karl Berry,
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @smallbook
11 @c %**end of header
12
13 @include rendition.texi
14 @include value.texi
15
16 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
17 @syncodeindex fn cp
18 @syncodeindex ky cp
19 @syncodeindex pg cp
20 @syncodeindex vr cp
21
22 @defindex op
23
24 @copying
25
26 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
27 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
28 from archives.
29
30 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001,
31 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
32
33 @quotation
34 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
35 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
36 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
37 Invariant Sections being "GNU General Public License", with the
38 Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts
39 as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
40 entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
41
42 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You are free to copy and modify
43 this GNU Manual. Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
44 developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
45 @end quotation
46 @end copying
47
48 @dircategory Archiving
49 @direntry
50 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
51 @end direntry
52
53 @dircategory Individual utilities
54 @direntry
55 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
56 @end direntry
57
58 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
59
60 @titlepage
61 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
62 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
63 @author John Gilmore, Jay Fenlason et al.
64
65 @page
66 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
67 @insertcopying
68 @end titlepage
69
70 @ifnottex
71 @node Top
72 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
73
74 @insertcopying
75
76 @cindex file archival
77 @cindex archiving files
78
79 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
80 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
81 @end ifnottex
82
83 @c The master menu, created with texinfo-master-menu, goes here.
84 @c (However, getdate.texi's menu is interpolated by hand.)
85
86 @menu
87 * Introduction::
88 * Tutorial::
89 * tar invocation::
90 * operations::
91 * Backups::
92 * Choosing::
93 * Date input formats::
94 * Formats::
95 * Media::
96
97 Appendices
98
99 * Genfile::
100 * Snapshot Files::
101 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
102 * Copying This Manual::
103 * Index of Command Line Options::
104 * Index::
105
106 @detailmenu
107 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
108
109 Introduction
110
111 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
112 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
113 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
114 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
115 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
116 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
117 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
118
119 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
120
121 * assumptions::
122 * stylistic conventions::
123 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
124 * frequent operations::
125 * Two Frequent Options::
126 * create:: How to Create Archives
127 * list:: How to List Archives
128 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
129 * going further::
130
131 Two Frequently Used Options
132
133 * file tutorial::
134 * verbose tutorial::
135 * help tutorial::
136
137 How to Create Archives
138
139 * prepare for examples::
140 * Creating the archive::
141 * create verbose::
142 * short create::
143 * create dir::
144
145 How to List Archives
146
147 * list dir::
148
149 How to Extract Members from an Archive
150
151 * extracting archives::
152 * extracting files::
153 * extract dir::
154 * failing commands::
155
156 Invoking @GNUTAR{}
157
158 * Synopsis::
159 * using tar options::
160 * Styles::
161 * All Options::
162 * help::
163 * defaults::
164 * verbose::
165 * interactive::
166
167 The Three Option Styles
168
169 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
170 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
171 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
172 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
173
174 All @command{tar} Options
175
176 * Operation Summary::
177 * Option Summary::
178 * Short Option Summary::
179
180 @GNUTAR{} Operations
181
182 * Basic tar::
183 * Advanced tar::
184 * create options::
185 * extract options::
186 * backup::
187 * Applications::
188 * looking ahead::
189
190 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
191
192 * Operations::
193 * append::
194 * update::
195 * concatenate::
196 * delete::
197 * compare::
198
199 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
200
201 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
202 * multiple::
203
204 Updating an Archive
205
206 * how to update::
207
208 Options Used by @option{--create}
209
210 * Ignore Failed Read::
211
212 Options Used by @option{--extract}
213
214 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
215 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
216 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
217
218 Options to Help Read Archives
219
220 * read full records::
221 * Ignore Zeros::
222
223 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
224
225 * Dealing with Old Files::
226 * Overwrite Old Files::
227 * Keep Old Files::
228 * Keep Newer Files::
229 * Unlink First::
230 * Recursive Unlink::
231 * Data Modification Times::
232 * Setting Access Permissions::
233 * Writing to Standard Output::
234 * remove files::
235
236 Coping with Scarce Resources
237
238 * Starting File::
239 * Same Order::
240
241 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
242
243 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
244 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
245 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
246 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
247 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
248 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
249
250 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
251
252 * General-Purpose Variables::
253 * Magnetic Tape Control::
254 * User Hooks::
255 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
256
257 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
258
259 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
260 * Selecting Archive Members::
261 * files:: Reading Names from a File
262 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
263 * Wildcards::
264 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
265 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
266 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
267
268 Reading Names from a File
269
270 * nul::
271
272 Excluding Some Files
273
274 * controlling pattern-matching with exclude::
275 * problems with exclude::
276
277 Crossing File System Boundaries
278
279 * directory:: Changing Directory
280 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
281
282 Date input formats
283
284 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
285 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
286 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
287 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}, ...
288 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
289 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
290 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
291 * Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
292 * Authors of get_date:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
293
294 Controlling the Archive Format
295
296 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
297 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
298 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
299 * Standard:: The Standard Format
300 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
301 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
302
303 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
304
305 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
306 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
307 * old:: Old V7 Archives
308 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
309 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
310 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
311
312 Using Less Space through Compression
313
314 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
315 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
316
317 Tapes and Other Archive Media
318
319 * Device:: Device selection and switching
320 * Remote Tape Server::
321 * Common Problems and Solutions::
322 * Blocking:: Blocking
323 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
324 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
325 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
326 * verify::
327 * Write Protection::
328
329 Blocking
330
331 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
332 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
333
334 Many Archives on One Tape
335
336 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
337 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
338
339 Using Multiple Tapes
340
341 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
342 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
343 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
344
345 GNU tar internals and development
346
347 * Genfile::
348 * Snapshot Files::
349
350 Copying This Manual
351
352 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
353
354 @end detailmenu
355 @end menu
356
357 @node Introduction
358 @chapter Introduction
359
360 @GNUTAR{} creates
361 and manipulates @dfn{archives} which are actually collections of
362 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
363 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
364 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
365 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
366
367 @menu
368 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
369 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
370 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
371 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
372 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
373 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
374 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
375 @end menu
376
377 @node Book Contents
378 @section What this Book Contains
379
380 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
381 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
382 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
383 or comments.
384
385 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
386 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
387 meant to be self contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
388 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
389 progressive order, building on information already explained.
390
391 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
392 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
393 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
394 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
395 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
396 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
397 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
398 may be a cross reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
399 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
400 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
401
402 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
403 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
404
405 @FIXME{this sounds more like a @acronym{GNU} Project Manuals Concept [tm] more
406 than the reality. should think about whether this makes sense to say
407 here, or not.} The other chapters are meant to be used as a
408 reference. Each chapter presents everything that needs to be said
409 about a specific topic.
410
411 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
412 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
413 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
414 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
415
416 In general, we give both long and short (abbreviated) option names
417 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
418 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
419 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
420 indicate this.)
421
422 @node Definitions
423 @section Some Definitions
424
425 @cindex archive
426 @cindex tar archive
427 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
428 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
429 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
430 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
431 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and data modification time.
432 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
433 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
434 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
435
436 @cindex member
437 @cindex archive member
438 @cindex file name
439 @cindex member name
440 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
441 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
442 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
443 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
444 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the file system,
445 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
446 archive.
447
448 @cindex extraction
449 @cindex unpacking
450 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
451 member (or multiple members) into a file in the file system. Extracting
452 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
453 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
454 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
455 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
456 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
457 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
458 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
459 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
460 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
461
462 @node What tar Does
463 @section What @command{tar} Does
464
465 @cindex tar
466 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
467 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
468 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
469 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
470 stored.
471
472 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
473 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
474 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
475 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
476 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
477
478 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work..}
479
480 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
481 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
482
483 @table @asis
484 @item Storage
485 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
486 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
487 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
488 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
489 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
490 unit.
491
492 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
493 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
494 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
495 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
496 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
497 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
498 archives useful.
499
500 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
501 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
502 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
503 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
504 all dimensions, even time!)
505
506 @item Backup
507 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
508 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
509 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
510 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
511 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
512 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
513 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
514 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
515 file system.
516
517 @item Transportation
518 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
519 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
520 files from one system to another.
521 @end table
522
523 @node Naming tar Archives
524 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
525
526 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
527 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
528 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
529 it and to make examples more clear.
530
531 @cindex tar file
532 @cindex entry
533 @cindex tar entry
534 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
535 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
536 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
537 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
538 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
539
540 @node Current status
541 @section Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
542
543 @GNUTAR{} is currently in the process of active development, whose
544 primary aims are:
545
546 @itemize @bullet
547 @item Improve compatibility between @GNUTAR{} and other @command{tar}
548 implementations.
549 @item Switch to using @acronym{POSIX} archives.
550 @item Revise sparse file handling and multiple volume processing.
551 @item Merge with the @acronym{GNU} @code{paxutils} project.
552 @end itemize
553
554 Some of these aims are already attained, while others are still
555 being worked upon. From the point of view of an end user, the
556 following issues need special mentioning:
557
558 @table @asis
559 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
560
561 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
562 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
563
564 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
565 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
566 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
567
568 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
569 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
570 Users are encouraged to use @option{--format=oldgnu} instead.
571
572 It is especially important, since versions of @acronym{GNU} Automake
573 up to and including 1.8.4 invoke tar with this option to produce
574 distribution tarballs. @xref{Formats,v7}, for the detailed discussion
575 of this issue and its implications.
576
577 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
578 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
579
580 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
581
582 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
583 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Such usage is deprecated.
584 For compatibility with other implementations future versions of
585 @GNUTAR{} will understand this option as a synonym for
586 @option{--check-links}.
587
588 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
589
590 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
591
592 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
593
594 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
595 @end table
596
597 @node Authors
598 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
599
600 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
601 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
602 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
603 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Fran@,{c}ois
604 Pinard, Paul Eggert, and finally Sergey Poznyakoff with the help of
605 numerous and kind users.
606
607 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
608 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
609 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
610 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
611 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
612
613 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
614 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
615 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
616 i'll think about it.}
617
618 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
619 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
620
621 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
622 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
623 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
624 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
625 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
626 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
627 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
628 1.12. @FIXME{update version number as necessary; i'm being
629 optimistic!} @FIXME{Someone [maybe karl berry? maybe bob chassell?
630 maybe melissa? maybe julie sussman?] needs to properly index the
631 thing.}
632
633 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
634 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
635
636 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at savannah.gnu.org
637 (see @url{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tar}), and
638 active development and maintenance work has started
639 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
640 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
641
642 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
643
644 @node Reports
645 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
646
647 @cindex bug reports
648 @cindex reporting bugs
649 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
650 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
651
652 When reporting a bug, please be sure to include as much detail as
653 possible, in order to reproduce it. @FIXME{Be more specific, I'd
654 like to make this node as detailed as 'Bug reporting' node in Emacs
655 manual}.
656
657 @node Tutorial
658 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
659
660 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
661 operations: @option{--create}, @option{--list}, and @option{--extract}. If
662 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
663 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
664 details about how @command{tar} works.
665
666 @menu
667 * assumptions::
668 * stylistic conventions::
669 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
670 * frequent operations::
671 * Two Frequent Options::
672 * create:: How to Create Archives
673 * list:: How to List Archives
674 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
675 * going further::
676 @end menu
677
678 @node assumptions
679 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
680
681 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
682 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
683 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
684 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
685 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
686
687 @itemize @bullet
688 @item
689 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
690 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
691 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
692 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
693 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
694 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
695 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
696 file system. You should have some basic understanding of directory
697 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
698 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
699 input, what various definitions of the term ``argument'' mean, and the
700 differences between relative and absolute path names. @FIXME{and what
701 else?}
702
703 @item
704 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
705 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
706 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show path names,
707 we will assume that those paths are relative to your home directory.
708 For example, my home directory path is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
709 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that path
710 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
711
712 @item
713 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
714 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
715 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
716 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
717 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
718 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
719 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
720 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
721 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
722
723 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
724 @end itemize
725
726 @node stylistic conventions
727 @section Stylistic Conventions
728
729 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
730 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
731 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
732 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
733 sometimes @samp{like this}.
734
735 @c When we have lines which are too long to be
736 @c displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
737
738 @node basic tar options
739 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
740
741 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
742 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
743 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
744 operations, and options.
745
746 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
747 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
748 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
749 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
750 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
751 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
752
753 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
754 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
755 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
756 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
757 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
758 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
759
760 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
761 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
762 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
763 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
764 corresponding abbreviations. @FIXME{make sure this is still the case,
765 at the end}We will indicate those abbreviations appropriately to get
766 you used to seeing them. (Note that the ``old style'' option forms
767 exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
768 @command{tar}. In this book we present a full discussion of this way
769 of writing options and operations (@pxref{Old Options}), and we discuss
770 the other two styles of writing options (@xref{Mnemonic Options}, and
771 @pxref{Short Options}).
772
773 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
774 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
775 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
776 For example, instead of typing
777
778 @smallexample
779 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
780 @end smallexample
781
782 @noindent
783 you can type
784 @smallexample
785 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
786 @end smallexample
787
788 @noindent
789 or even
790 @smallexample
791 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
792 @end smallexample
793
794 @noindent
795 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
796 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
797 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
798
799 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
800 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
801 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
802 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
803 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
804 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
805 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
806
807 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
808 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
809 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
810 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
811 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc). However,
812 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
813 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
814 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
815 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
816 intends.
817
818 @node frequent operations
819 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
820
821 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
822 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
823 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
824 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
825
826 @table @option
827 @item --create
828 @itemx -c
829 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
830 @item --list
831 @itemx -t
832 List the contents of an archive.
833 @item --extract
834 @itemx -x
835 Extract one or more members from an archive.
836 @end table
837
838 @node Two Frequent Options
839 @section Two Frequently Used Options
840
841 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
842 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
843 @command{tar}: @option{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
844 and @option{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
845 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
846 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
847
848 @menu
849 * file tutorial::
850 * verbose tutorial::
851 * help tutorial::
852 @end menu
853
854 @node file tutorial
855 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--file} Option
856
857 @table @option
858 @opindex file, tutorial
859 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
860 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
861 Specify the name of an archive file.
862 @end table
863
864 You can specify an argument for the @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option whenever you
865 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
866 that @command{tar} will work on.
867
868 @vrindex TAPE
869 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will examine
870 the environment variable @env{TAPE}. If it is set, its value will be
871 used as the archive name. Otherwise, @command{tar} will use the
872 default archive, determined at the compile time. Usually it is
873 standard output or some physical tape drive attached to your machine
874 (you can verify what the default is by running @kbd{tar
875 --show-defaults}, @pxref{defaults}). If there is no tape drive
876 attached, or the default is not meaningful, then @command{tar} will
877 print an error message. The error message might look roughly like one
878 of the following:
879
880 @smallexample
881 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
882 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
883 @end smallexample
884
885 @noindent
886 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
887 name by using @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) when writing your @command{tar} commands.
888 For more information on using the @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option, see
889 @ref{file}.
890
891 @node verbose tutorial
892 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--verbose} Option
893
894 @table @option
895 @opindex verbose, introduced
896 @item --verbose
897 @itemx -v
898 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
899 @end table
900
901 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) shows details about the results of running
902 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
903 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
904 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @option{--verbose}
905 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
906 @option{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
907 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
908 others. We will use @option{--verbose} at times to help make something
909 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
910 @option{--verbose} to show the differences.
911
912 Sometimes, a single instance of @option{--verbose} on the command line
913 will show a full, @samp{ls} style listing of an archive or files,
914 giving sizes, owners, and similar information. @FIXME{Describe the
915 exact output format, e.g., how hard links are displayed.}
916 Other times, @option{--verbose} will only show files or members that the particular
917 operation is operating on at the time. In the latter case, you can
918 use @option{--verbose} twice in a command to get a listing such as that
919 in the former case. For example, instead of saying
920
921 @smallexample
922 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
923 @end smallexample
924
925 @noindent
926 above, you might say
927
928 @smallexample
929 @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
930 @end smallexample
931
932 @noindent
933 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
934 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
935 twice, like this:
936
937 @smallexample
938 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
939 @end smallexample
940
941 @noindent
942 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
943
944 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@option{--verbose
945 --verbose}}.
946
947 @node help tutorial
948 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @option{--help} Option
949
950 @table @option
951 @opindex help
952 @item --help
953
954 The @option{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
955 all operations and option available for the current version of
956 @command{tar} available on your system.
957 @end table
958
959 @node create
960 @section How to Create Archives
961 @UNREVISED
962
963 @cindex Creation of the archive
964 @cindex Archive, creation of
965 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @option{--create} (@option{-c}), which
966 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
967 @option{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
968 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
969 practice on.
970
971 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
972 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
973 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
974 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
975 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
976 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
977 other directories and other archives.
978
979 The three files you will archive in this example are called
980 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
981 @file{collection.tar}.
982
983 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @option{--create}
984 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
985 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
986 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
987 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
988 @command{tar} works.
989
990 @menu
991 * prepare for examples::
992 * Creating the archive::
993 * create verbose::
994 * short create::
995 * create dir::
996 @end menu
997
998 @node prepare for examples
999 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
1000
1001 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
1002 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
1003 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
1004 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
1005 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
1006 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
1007
1008 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
1009 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
1010 the full path name of this directory is
1011 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
1012 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.
1013
1014 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1015 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
1016 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1017 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1018
1019 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1020 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1021 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1022 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1023 contents of the file named by @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) if it exists. @command{tar}
1024 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1025 specify an option which does this (@pxref{backup}, for the
1026 information on how to do so). To add files to an existing archive,
1027 you need to use a different option, such as @option{--append} (@option{-r}); see
1028 @ref{append} for information on how to do this.
1029
1030 @node Creating the archive
1031 @subsection Creating the Archive
1032
1033 @opindex create, introduced
1034 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1035 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1036
1037 @smallexample
1038 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1039 @end smallexample
1040
1041 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1042 option forms}. You could also say:
1043
1044 @smallexample
1045 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1046 @end smallexample
1047
1048 @noindent
1049 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1050 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1051 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1052 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1053
1054 Note that the part of the command which says,
1055 @w{@option{--file=collection.tar}} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1056 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1057 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1058 archive file you create.
1059
1060 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1061 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1062 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1063 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1064 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1065 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1066
1067 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @option{--create}
1068 is the operation which creates the new archive
1069 (@file{collection.tar}), and @option{--file} is the option which lets
1070 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1071 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1072 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @option{--create} operation).
1073 @FIXME{xref here to the discussion of file name args?}Now that they are
1074 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1075 (@pxref{Definitions,members}).
1076
1077 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1078 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1079 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1080
1081 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@command{ls}), you will
1082 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1083
1084 @smallexample
1085 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1086 @end smallexample
1087
1088 @noindent
1089 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1090 the files in the directory.
1091
1092 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1093 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1094 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1095 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1096
1097 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @option{--create} (@option{-c}) to add files to
1098 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1099 Use @option{--append} (@option{-r}) instead. @xref{append}.
1100
1101 @node create verbose
1102 @subsection Running @option{--create} with @option{--verbose}
1103
1104 @opindex create, using with @option{--verbose}
1105 @opindex verbose, using with @option{--create}
1106 If you include the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option on the command line,
1107 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1108 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1109
1110 @smallexample
1111 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1112 blues
1113 folk
1114 jazz
1115 @end smallexample
1116
1117 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1118 @option{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining lines
1119 @iftex
1120 (note the different font styles).
1121 @end iftex
1122 @ifinfo
1123 .
1124 @end ifinfo
1125
1126 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1127 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1128 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1129 understand.
1130
1131 @node short create
1132 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1133
1134 As we said before, the @option{--create} (@option{-c}) operation is one of the most
1135 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1136 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1137 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1138 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1139 previous example (including the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option) looks like
1140 using short option forms:
1141
1142 @smallexample
1143 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1144 blues
1145 folk
1146 jazz
1147 @end smallexample
1148
1149 @noindent
1150 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1151 long or short option forms.
1152
1153 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1154 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1155 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1156 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1157 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1158 following way:
1159
1160 @smallexample
1161 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1162 @end smallexample
1163
1164 @noindent
1165 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1166 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1167 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @option{-f} option, and
1168 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1169 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1170 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1171 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1172 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1173 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1174 Because the @option{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1175 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1176
1177 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1178 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1179 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1180
1181 This example,
1182
1183 @smallexample
1184 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1185 @end smallexample
1186
1187 @noindent
1188 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1189 becomes much more so:
1190
1191 @smallexample
1192 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1193 @end smallexample
1194
1195 @noindent
1196 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1197 immediately following the @option{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1198 valuable data.
1199
1200 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1201 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1202 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1203 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1204 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1205
1206 @node create dir
1207 @subsection Archiving Directories
1208
1209 @cindex Archiving Directories
1210 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1211 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1212 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1213 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1214 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1215
1216 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1217 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1218 type:
1219
1220 @smallexample
1221 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1222 $
1223 @end smallexample
1224
1225 @noindent
1226 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1227 i.e., your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1228 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1229 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1230
1231 @smallexample
1232 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1233 @end smallexample
1234
1235 @noindent
1236 @command{tar} should output:
1237
1238 @smallexample
1239 practice/
1240 practice/blues
1241 practice/folk
1242 practice/jazz
1243 practice/collection.tar
1244 @end smallexample
1245
1246 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1247 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1248 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1249 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1250 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1251 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1252 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1253 @command{tar} from the root directory; @xref{absolute}. (Note
1254 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1255 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1256 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1257 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1258 into the file system).
1259
1260 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1261
1262 @smallexample
1263 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1264 @end smallexample
1265
1266 @noindent
1267 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1268 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1269 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1270 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1271 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1272 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1273 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1274 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1275 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1276 note:} Other versions of @command{tar} are not so clever; they will
1277 enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not depend on
1278 this behavior unless you are certain you are running @GNUTAR{}.)
1279 @FIXME{bob doesn't like this sentence, since he does
1280 it all the time, and we've been doing it in the editing passes for
1281 this manual: In general, make sure that the archive is not inside a
1282 directory being dumped.}
1283
1284 @node list
1285 @section How to List Archives
1286
1287 @opindex list
1288 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1289 particular archive contains. You can use the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) operation
1290 to get the member names as they currently appear in the archive, as well
1291 as various attributes of the files at the time they were archived. For
1292 example, you can examine the archive @file{collection.tar} that you
1293 created in the last section with the command,
1294
1295 @smallexample
1296 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1297 @end smallexample
1298
1299 @noindent
1300 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1301
1302 @smallexample
1303 blues
1304 folk
1305 jazz
1306 @end smallexample
1307
1308 @FIXME{we hope this will change. if it doesn't, need to show the
1309 creation of bfiles somewhere above!!! : }
1310
1311 @noindent
1312 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1313
1314 @smallexample
1315 ./birds
1316 baboon
1317 ./box
1318 @end smallexample
1319
1320 @noindent
1321 Be sure to use a @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option just as with @option{--create} (@option{-c})
1322 to specify the name of the archive.
1323
1324 @opindex list, using with @option{--verbose}
1325 @opindex verbose, using with @option{--list}
1326 If you use the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option with @option{--list}, then
1327 @command{tar} will print out a listing reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}},
1328 showing owner, file size, and so forth.
1329
1330 If you had used @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) mode, the example above would look
1331 like:
1332
1333 @smallexample
1334 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1335 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1336 @end smallexample
1337
1338 @cindex listing member and file names
1339 @anchor{listing member and file names}
1340 It is important to notice that the output of @kbd{tar --list
1341 --verbose} does not necessarily match that produced by @kbd{tar
1342 --create --verbose} while creating the archive. It is because
1343 @GNUTAR{}, unless told explicitly not to do so, removes some directory
1344 prefixes from file names before storing them in the archive
1345 (@xref{absolute}, for more information). In other
1346 words, in verbose mode @GNUTAR{} shows @dfn{file names} when creating
1347 an archive and @dfn{member names} when listing it. Consider this
1348 example:
1349
1350 @smallexample
1351 @group
1352 $ @kbd{tar cfv archive /etc/mail}
1353 tar: Removing leading `/' from member names
1354 /etc/mail/
1355 /etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1356 /etc/mail/aliases
1357 $ @kbd{tar tf archive}
1358 etc/mail/
1359 etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1360 etc/mail/aliases
1361 @end group
1362 @end smallexample
1363
1364 @opindex show-stored-names
1365 This default behavior can sometimes be inconvenient. You can force
1366 @GNUTAR{} show member names when creating archive by supplying
1367 @option{--show-stored-names} option.
1368
1369 @table @option
1370 @item --show-stored-names
1371 Print member (not @emph{file}) names when creating the archive.
1372 @end table
1373
1374 @cindex File name arguments, using @option{--list} with
1375 @opindex list, using with file name arguments
1376 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1377 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1378 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1379 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1380
1381 @FIXME{we hope the relevant aspects of this will change:}Because
1382 @command{tar} preserves paths, file names must be specified as they appear
1383 in the archive (ie., relative to the directory from which the archive
1384 was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying member names
1385 to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names. For example,
1386 @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles birds}} would produce an error message
1387 something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive}, because there is
1388 no member named @file{birds}, only one named @file{./birds}. While the
1389 names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name the same file, @emph{member}
1390 names are compared using a simplistic name comparison, in which an exact
1391 match is necessary. @xref{absolute}.
1392
1393 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar folk}} would respond
1394 with @file{folk}, because @file{folk} is in the archive file
1395 @file{collection.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name, try
1396 listing all the files in the archive and searching for the one you
1397 expect to find; remember that if you use @option{--list} with no file
1398 names as arguments, @command{tar} will print the names of all the members
1399 stored in the specified archive.
1400
1401 @menu
1402 * list dir::
1403 @end menu
1404
1405 @node list dir
1406 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1407
1408 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1409 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1410 @option{--list} (@option{-t}). To find out file attributes, include the
1411 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option.
1412
1413 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1414 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1415
1416 @smallexample
1417 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1418 @end smallexample
1419
1420 @command{tar} responds:
1421
1422 @smallexample
1423 drwxrwxrwx myself user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1424 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1425 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1426 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1427 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1428 @end smallexample
1429
1430 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1431 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1432
1433 @node extract
1434 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1435 @UNREVISED
1436 @cindex Extraction
1437 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1438 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1439
1440 @opindex extract
1441 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1442 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1443 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1444 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1445 from an archive, use the @option{--extract} (@option{--get} or
1446 @option{-x}) operation. As with @option{--create}, specify the name
1447 of the archive with @option{--file} (@option{-f}) option. Extracting
1448 an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can extract it
1449 multiple times if you want or need to.
1450
1451 Using @option{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1452 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1453 with @option{--create} (@option{-c}) and @option{--list} (@option{-t}), you may use the short or the
1454 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1455
1456 @menu
1457 * extracting archives::
1458 * extracting files::
1459 * extract dir::
1460 * extracting untrusted archives::
1461 * failing commands::
1462 @end menu
1463
1464 @node extracting archives
1465 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1466
1467 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1468 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1469
1470 @smallexample
1471 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1472 @end smallexample
1473
1474 @noindent
1475 produces this:
1476
1477 @smallexample
1478 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1479 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1480 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1481 @end smallexample
1482
1483 @node extracting files
1484 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1485
1486 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1487 arguments, as printed by @option{--list} (@option{-t}). If you had mistakenly deleted
1488 one of the files you had placed in the archive @file{collection.tar}
1489 earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it from the archive without
1490 changing the archive's structure. Its contents will be identical to the
1491 original file @file{blues} that you deleted.
1492
1493 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1494 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1495 the files in the directory again.
1496
1497 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1498 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1499
1500 @smallexample
1501 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1502 @end smallexample
1503
1504 @noindent
1505 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1506 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, data modification
1507 times, and owner.@FIXME{This is only accidentally true, but not in
1508 general. In most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner, and
1509 use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just happens
1510 that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived members, and
1511 that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original permissions.}
1512 (These parameters will be identical to those which
1513 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1514 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1515 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1516 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1517 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1518 @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
1519
1520 @FIXME{we hope this will change:}Remember that as with other operations,
1521 specifying the exact member name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract
1522 --file=bfiles.tar birds}} will fail, because there is no member named
1523 @file{birds}. To extract the member named @file{./birds}, you must
1524 specify @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. To find the
1525 exact member names of the members of an archive, use @option{--list} (@option{-t})
1526 (@pxref{list}).
1527
1528 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1529 with the @option{--to-stdout} (@option{-O}) option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1530 Output}).
1531
1532 If you give the @option{--verbose} option, then @option{--extract}
1533 will print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1534
1535 @node extract dir
1536 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1537
1538 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1539 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1540 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1541 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1542 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1543 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1544 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1545 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1546 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1547 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted
1548 (there exist, however, special options that alter this behavior
1549 @pxref{Writing}).
1550
1551 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1552 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1553 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1554
1555 We can demonstrate how to use @option{--extract} to extract a directory
1556 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1557 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1558 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1559 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1560 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1561 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1562 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1563 following command:
1564
1565 @smallexample
1566 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1567 practice/folk
1568 practice/jazz
1569 @end smallexample
1570
1571 @noindent
1572 If you were to specify two @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) options, @command{tar}
1573 would have displayed more detail about the extracted files, as shown
1574 in the example below:
1575
1576 @smallexample
1577 $ @kbd{tar -xvvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1578 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 practice/jazz
1579 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 practice/folk
1580 @end smallexample
1581
1582 @noindent
1583 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1584 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1585 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1586 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1587
1588 @FIXME{IMPORTANT! show the final structure, here. figure out what it
1589 will be.}
1590
1591 @node extracting untrusted archives
1592 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
1593
1594 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
1595 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
1596 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
1597 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
1598 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
1599 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
1600 extract it as follows:
1601
1602 @smallexample
1603 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
1604 $ @kbd{cd newdir}
1605 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
1606 @end smallexample
1607
1608 It is also a good practice to examine contents of the archive
1609 before extracting it, using @option{--list} (@option{-t}) option, possibly combined
1610 with @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}).
1611
1612 @node failing commands
1613 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
1614
1615 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
1616 they won't work.
1617
1618 If you try to use this command,
1619
1620 @smallexample
1621 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
1622 @end smallexample
1623
1624 @noindent
1625 you will get the following response:
1626
1627 @smallexample
1628 tar: folk: Not found in archive
1629 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
1630 $
1631 @end smallexample
1632
1633 @noindent
1634 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
1635 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
1636 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
1637
1638 @smallexample
1639 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
1640 practice/folk
1641 practice/jazz
1642 practice/rock
1643 @end smallexample
1644
1645 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
1646 order...}
1647
1648 @noindent
1649 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
1650
1651 @smallexample
1652 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
1653 @end smallexample
1654
1655 @noindent
1656 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
1657 archive. You must use the correct member names in order to extract the
1658 files from the archive.
1659
1660 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
1661 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
1662
1663 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
1664
1665 @node going further
1666 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
1667
1668 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
1669 be in the rest of the manual.}
1670
1671 @node tar invocation
1672 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
1673 @UNREVISED
1674
1675 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
1676 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
1677 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
1678 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
1679 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
1680 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
1681 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
1682 depending on what the operation is.
1683
1684 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
1685 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
1686 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
1687 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
1688 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
1689
1690 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
1691 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
1692 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
1693 receives about what is going on. These are the @option{--help} and
1694 @option{--version} (@pxref{help}), @option{--verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
1695 and @option{--interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
1696
1697 @menu
1698 * Synopsis::
1699 * using tar options::
1700 * Styles::
1701 * All Options::
1702 * help::
1703 * defaults::
1704 * verbose::
1705 * interactive::
1706 @end menu
1707
1708 @node Synopsis
1709 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
1710
1711 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
1712
1713 @smallexample
1714 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1715 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1716 @end smallexample
1717
1718 The second form is for when old options are being used.
1719
1720 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
1721 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
1722 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
1723 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
1724 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
1725 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
1726 @command{tar} is to act on.
1727
1728 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
1729 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
1730 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
1731 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
1732
1733 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
1734 name when the main command is one of @option{--compare}
1735 (@option{--diff}, @option{-d}), @option{--delete}, @option{--extract}
1736 (@option{--get}, @option{-x}), @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or
1737 @option{--update} (@option{-u}). When naming archive members, you
1738 must give the exact name of the member in the archive, as it is
1739 printed by @option{--list}. For @option{--append} (@option{-r}) and
1740 @option{--create} (@option{-c}), these @var{name} arguments specify
1741 the names of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
1742 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
1743 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
1744
1745 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
1746 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
1747 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
1748 unless you specify otherwise (using the @option{--absolute-names}
1749 option). @xref{absolute}, for more information about
1750 @option{--absolute-names}.
1751
1752 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
1753 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
1754 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
1755 the files in the file system to @command{tar}.
1756
1757 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
1758 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
1759 for newcomers. @xref{Wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
1760 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
1761 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
1762 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
1763 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
1764 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
1765 sufficient for this.
1766
1767 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
1768 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
1769 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}}) option.
1770
1771 If you don't use any file name arguments, @option{--append} (@option{-r}),
1772 @option{--delete} and @option{--concatenate} (@option{--catenate},
1773 @option{-A}) will do nothing, while @option{--create} (@option{-c})
1774 will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar} execution.
1775 The other operations of @command{tar} (@option{--list},
1776 @option{--extract}, @option{--compare}, and @option{--update})
1777 will act on the entire contents of the archive.
1778
1779 @cindex exit status
1780 @cindex return status
1781 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
1782 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
1783 @command{tar} command is improperly written. Errors may be
1784 encountered later, while encountering an error processing the archive
1785 or the files. Some errors are recoverable, in which case the failure
1786 is delayed until @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some
1787 errors are such that it would not meaningful, or at least risky, to
1788 continue processing: @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately.
1789 All abnormal exits, whether immediate or delayed, should always be
1790 clearly diagnosed on @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of
1791 the error.
1792
1793 @GNUTAR{} returns only a few exit statuses. I'm really
1794 aiming simplicity in that area, for now. If you are not using the
1795 @option{--compare} @option{--diff}, @option{-d}) option, zero means
1796 that everything went well, besides maybe innocuous warnings. Nonzero
1797 means that something went wrong. Right now, as of today, ``nonzero''
1798 is almost always 2, except for remote operations, where it may be
1799 128.
1800
1801 @node using tar options
1802 @section Using @command{tar} Options
1803
1804 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
1805 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
1806 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
1807 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
1808 @command{tar} command (two lists of four operations each may be found
1809 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
1810 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
1811 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
1812 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
1813 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
1814
1815 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
1816 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @option{--verbose}
1817 (@option{-v}), which we used in the tutorial). As we said in the
1818 tutorial, @dfn{options} are arguments to @command{tar} which are (as
1819 their name suggests) optional. Depending on the operating mode, you
1820 may specify one or more options. Different options will have different
1821 effects, but in general they all change details of the operation, such
1822 as archive format, archive name, or level of user interaction. Some
1823 options make sense with all operating modes, while others are
1824 meaningful only with particular modes. You will likely use some
1825 options frequently, while you will only use others infrequently, or
1826 not at all. (A full list of options is available in @pxref{All Options}.)
1827
1828 @vrindex TAR_OPTIONS, environment variable
1829 @anchor{TAR_OPTIONS}
1830 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
1831 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
1832 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
1833 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
1834 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
1835 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
1836 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
1837
1838 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
1839 options @option{-T} and @option{-t} are different; the first requires an
1840 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
1841 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
1842 write @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
1843
1844 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
1845 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
1846 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
1847 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
1848 styles.
1849
1850 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
1851 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chapter 4 is
1852 incorporated.}
1853
1854 @node Styles
1855 @section The Three Option Styles
1856
1857 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
1858 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
1859 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
1860 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
1861
1862 Some options must take an argument. (For example, @option{--file}
1863 (@option{-f})) takes the name of an archive file as an argument. If
1864 you do not supply an archive file name, @command{tar} will use a
1865 default, but this can be confusing; thus, we recommend that you always
1866 supply a specific archive file name.) Where you @emph{place} the
1867 arguments generally depends on which style of options you choose. We
1868 will detail specific information relevant to each option style in the
1869 sections on the different option styles, below. The differences are
1870 subtle, yet can often be very important; incorrect option placement
1871 can cause you to overwrite a number of important files. We urge you
1872 to note these differences, and only use the option style(s) which
1873 makes the most sense to you until you feel comfortable with the others.
1874
1875 Some options @emph{may} take an argument (currently, there are
1876 two such options: @option{--backup} and @option{--occurrence}). Such
1877 options may have at most long and short forms, they do not have old style
1878 equivalent. The rules for specifying an argument for such options
1879 are stricter than those for specifying mandatory arguments. Please,
1880 pay special attention to them.
1881
1882 @menu
1883 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
1884 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
1885 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
1886 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
1887 @end menu
1888
1889 @node Mnemonic Options
1890 @subsection Mnemonic Option Style
1891
1892 @FIXME{have to decide whether or not to replace other occurrences of
1893 "mnemonic" with "long", or *ugh* vice versa.}
1894
1895 Each option has at least one long (or mnemonic) name starting with two
1896 dashes in a row, e.g., @option{--list}. The long names are more clear than
1897 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
1898 single mnemonic option has many different different names which are
1899 synonymous, such as @option{--compare} and @option{--diff}. In addition,
1900 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
1901 @option{--cre} can be used in place of @option{--create} because there is no
1902 other mnemonic option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
1903 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
1904 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
1905 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
1906 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
1907 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
1908 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
1909 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
1910
1911 Mnemonic options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
1912 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
1913 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
1914
1915 @smallexample
1916 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
1917 @end smallexample
1918
1919 @noindent
1920 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
1921 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
1922
1923 Mnemonic options which require arguments take those arguments
1924 immediately following the option name. There are two ways of
1925 specifying a mandatory argument. It can be separated from the
1926 option name either by an equal sign, or by any amount of
1927 white space characters. For example, the @option{--file} option (which
1928 tells the name of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as
1929 @file{archive.tar} as argument by using any of the following notations:
1930 @option{--file=archive.tar} or @option{--file archive.tar}.
1931
1932 In contrast, optional arguments must always be introduced using
1933 an equal sign. For example, the @option{--backup} option takes
1934 an optional argument specifying backup type. It must be used
1935 as @option{--backup=@var{backup-type}}.
1936
1937 @node Short Options
1938 @subsection Short Option Style
1939
1940 Most options also have a short option name. Short options start with
1941 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g., @option{-t}
1942 (which is equivalent to @option{--list}). The forms are absolutely
1943 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
1944
1945 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
1946
1947 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
1948 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
1949 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
1950 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@option{-f
1951 archive.tar}} or @option{-farchive.tar} instead of using
1952 @option{--file=archive.tar}. Both @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
1953 @w{@option{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
1954 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
1955
1956 Short options which take optional arguments take their arguments
1957 immediately following the option letter, @emph{without any intervening
1958 white space characters}.
1959
1960 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
1961 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
1962 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
1963 all, e.g., @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
1964 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
1965 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
1966 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
1967 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
1968
1969 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
1970 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
1971 For example:
1972
1973 @smallexample
1974 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
1975 @end smallexample
1976
1977 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
1978 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
1979 end up overwriting files.
1980
1981 @node Old Options
1982 @subsection Old Option Style
1983 @UNREVISED
1984
1985 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
1986 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
1987 them or dashes preceding them@footnote{Beware that if you precede options
1988 with a dash, you are announcing the short option style instead of the
1989 old option style; short options are decoded differently.}. This set
1990 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
1991 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
1992 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
1993 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
1994 the same as the short option @option{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
1995 mnemonic option @option{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
1996 cv}} specifies the option @option{-v} in addition to the operation @option{-c}.
1997
1998 @FIXME{bob suggests having an uglier example. :-) }
1999
2000 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
2001 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
2002 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
2003 style as follows:
2004
2005 @smallexample
2006 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
2007 @end smallexample
2008
2009 @noindent
2010 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @option{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
2011 the argument of @option{-f}.
2012
2013 On the other hand, this old style syntax makes it difficult to match
2014 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
2015 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
2016 @samp{20} is the argument for @option{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
2017 argument for @option{-f}, and @option{-v} does not have a corresponding
2018 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
2019 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
2020 pertain to.
2021
2022 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
2023 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
2024
2025 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
2026 users. For example, the two commands:
2027
2028 @smallexample
2029 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2030 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2031 @end smallexample
2032
2033 @noindent
2034 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
2035 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
2036 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
2037 @samp{f} --- probably not what was intended.
2038
2039 Old options are kept for compatibility with old versions of @command{tar}.
2040
2041 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
2042 following are equivalent:
2043
2044 @smallexample
2045 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
2046 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2047 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2048 @end smallexample
2049
2050 @FIXME{still could explain this better; it's redundant:}
2051
2052 @cindex option syntax, traditional
2053 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
2054 non-@acronym{GNU}, support old options. @GNUTAR{}
2055 supports them not only for historical reasons, but also because many
2056 people are used to them. For compatibility with Unix @command{tar},
2057 the first argument is always treated as containing command and option
2058 letters even if it doesn't start with @samp{-}. Thus, @samp{tar c} is
2059 equivalent to @w{@samp{tar -c}:} both of them specify the
2060 @option{--create} (@option{-c}) command to create an archive.
2061
2062 @node Mixing
2063 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2064
2065 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2066 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2067 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2068 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with mnemonic options in
2069 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2070 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2071 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2072 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2073 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2074 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2075 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2076 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2077 style options.
2078
2079 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2080 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2081
2082 @smallexample
2083 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2084 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2085 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2086 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2087 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2088 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2089 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2090 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2091 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2092 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2093 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2094 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2095 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2096 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2097 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2098 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2099 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2100 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2101 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2102 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2103 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2104 @end smallexample
2105
2106 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2107 the previous set:
2108
2109 @smallexample
2110 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2111 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2112 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2113 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2114 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2115 @end smallexample
2116
2117 @noindent
2118 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2119 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2120 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2121 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2122 @option{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2123 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2124 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2125 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2126 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2127 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value. @FIXME{not sure i liked
2128 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2129
2130 @node All Options
2131 @section All @command{tar} Options
2132
2133 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2134 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and cross
2135 references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2136 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2137 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2138 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2139
2140 @menu
2141 * Operation Summary::
2142 * Option Summary::
2143 * Short Option Summary::
2144 @end menu
2145
2146 @node Operation Summary
2147 @subsection Operations
2148
2149 @table @option
2150
2151 @opindex append, summary
2152 @item --append
2153 @itemx -r
2154
2155 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2156
2157 @opindex catenate, summary
2158 @item --catenate
2159 @itemx -A
2160
2161 Same as @option{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2162
2163 @opindex compare, summary
2164 @item --compare
2165 @itemx -d
2166
2167 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2168 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2169 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2170
2171 @opindex concatenate, summary
2172 @item --concatenate
2173 @itemx -A
2174
2175 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2176 @xref{concatenate}.
2177
2178 @opindex create, summary
2179 @item --create
2180 @itemx -c
2181
2182 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2183
2184 @opindex delete, summary
2185 @item --delete
2186
2187 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on a archive on a
2188 tape! @xref{delete}.
2189
2190 @opindex diff, summary
2191 @item --diff
2192 @itemx -d
2193
2194 Same @option{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2195
2196 @opindex extract, summary
2197 @item --extract
2198 @itemx -x
2199
2200 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2201
2202 @opindex get, summary
2203 @item --get
2204 @itemx -x
2205
2206 Same as @option{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2207
2208 @opindex list, summary
2209 @item --list
2210 @itemx -t
2211
2212 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2213
2214 @opindex update, summary
2215 @item --update
2216 @itemx -u
2217
2218 @FIXME{It was: A combination of the @option{--compare} and
2219 @option{--append} operations. This is not true and rather misleading,
2220 as @option{--compare} (@option{--diff}, @option{-d}) does a lot more than @option{--update} (@option{-u}) for
2221 ensuring files are identical.} Adds files to the end of the archive,
2222 but only if they are newer than their counterparts already in the
2223 archive, or if they do not already exist in the archive.
2224 @xref{update}.
2225
2226 @end table
2227
2228 @node Option Summary
2229 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2230
2231 @table @option
2232
2233 @opindex absolute-names, summary
2234 @item --absolute-names
2235 @itemx -P
2236
2237 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2238 @samp{/} from member names. This option disables that behavior.
2239 @xref{absolute}.
2240
2241 @opindex after-date, summary
2242 @item --after-date
2243
2244 (See @option{--newer}, @pxref{after})
2245
2246 @opindex anchored, summary
2247 @item --anchored
2248 An exclude pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2249 @xref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}.
2250
2251 @opindex atime-preserve, summary
2252 @item --atime-preserve
2253 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
2254 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
2255
2256 Attempt to preserve the access time of files when reading them. This
2257 option currently is effective only on files that you own, unless you
2258 have superuser privileges.
2259
2260 @option{--atime-preserve=replace} remembers the access time of a file
2261 before reading it, and then restores the access time afterwards. This
2262 may cause problems if other programs are reading the file at the same
2263 time, as the times of their accesses will be lost. On most platforms
2264 restoring the access time also requires @command{tar} to restore the
2265 data modification time too, so this option may also cause problems if
2266 other programs are writing the file at the same time. (Tar attempts
2267 to detect this situation, but cannot do so reliably due to race
2268 conditions.) Worse, on most platforms restoring the access time also
2269 updates the status change time, which means that this option is
2270 incompatible with incremental backups.
2271
2272 @option{--atime-preserve=system} avoids changing time stamps on files,
2273 without interfering with time stamp updates
2274 caused by other programs, so it works better with incremental backups.
2275 However, it requires a special @code{O_NOATIME} option from the
2276 underlying operating and file system implementation, and it also requires
2277 that searching directories does not update their access times. As of
2278 this writing (November 2005) this works only with Linux, and only with
2279 Linux kernels 2.6.8 and later. Worse, there is currently no reliable
2280 way to know whether this feature actually works. Sometimes
2281 @command{tar} knows that it does not work, and if you use
2282 @option{--atime-preserve=system} then @command{tar} complains and
2283 exits right away. But other times @command{tar} might think that the
2284 option works when it actually does not.
2285
2286 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
2287 @option{--atime-preserve=replace}, but this may change in the future
2288 as support for @option{--atime-preserve=system} improves.
2289
2290 If your operating system does not support
2291 @option{--atime-preserve=system}, you might be able to preserve access
2292 times reliably by by using the @command{mount} command. For example,
2293 you can mount the file system read-only, or access the file system via
2294 a read-only loopback mount, or use the @samp{noatime} mount option
2295 available on some systems. However, mounting typically requires
2296 superuser privileges and can be a pain to manage.
2297
2298 @opindex backup, summary
2299 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2300
2301 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2302 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2303 @var{backup-type}. @xref{backup}.
2304
2305 @opindex block-number, summary
2306 @item --block-number
2307 @itemx -R
2308
2309 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2310 with the block number in the archive file. @xref{block-number}.
2311
2312 @opindex blocking-factor, summary
2313 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2314 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2315
2316 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2317 record. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
2318
2319 @opindex bzip2, summary
2320 @item --bzip2
2321 @itemx -j
2322
2323 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2324 @code{bzip2}. @xref{gzip}.
2325
2326 @opindex checkpoint, summary
2327 @item --checkpoint
2328
2329 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint messages as it
2330 reads through the archive. Its intended for when you want a visual
2331 indication that @command{tar} is still running, but don't want to see
2332 @option{--verbose} output. @FIXME-xref{}
2333
2334 @opindex check-links, summary
2335 @item --check-links
2336 @itemx -l
2337 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2338 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2339 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2340 output.
2341
2342 Future versions will take @option{-l} as a short version of
2343 @option{--check-links}. However, current release still retains the old
2344 semantics for @option{-l}.
2345
2346 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2347
2348 @opindex compress, summary
2349 @opindex uncompress, summary
2350 @item --compress
2351 @itemx --uncompress
2352 @itemx -Z
2353
2354 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2355 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2356 while saving space. @xref{gzip}.
2357
2358 @opindex confirmation, summary
2359 @item --confirmation
2360
2361 (See @option{--interactive}.) @xref{interactive}.
2362
2363 @opindex dereference, summary
2364 @item --dereference
2365 @itemx -h
2366
2367 When creating a @command{tar} archive, @command{tar} will archive the
2368 file that a symbolic link points to, rather than archiving the
2369 symlink. @xref{dereference}.
2370
2371 @opindex directory, summary
2372 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2373 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2374
2375 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2376 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2377 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @xref{directory}.
2378
2379 @opindex exclude, summary
2380 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2381
2382 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2383 @var{pattern}. @xref{exclude}.
2384
2385 @opindex exclude-from, summary
2386 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2387 @itemx -X @var{file}
2388
2389 Similar to @option{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2390 patterns in the file @var{file}. @xref{exclude}.
2391
2392 @opindex exclude-caches, summary
2393 @item --exclude-caches
2394
2395 Automatically excludes all directories
2396 containing a cache directory tag. @xref{exclude}.
2397
2398 @opindex file, summary
2399 @item --file=@var{archive}
2400 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2401
2402 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2403 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2404 default. @xref{file tutorial}.
2405
2406 @opindex files-from, summary
2407 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2408 @itemx -T @var{file}
2409
2410 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2411 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2412 command-line. @xref{files}.
2413
2414 @opindex force-local, summary
2415 @item --force-local
2416
2417 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the filename given to @option{--file}
2418 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2419 @xref{local and remote archives}.
2420
2421 @opindex format, summary
2422 @item --format=@var{format}
2423
2424 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2425 following:
2426
2427 @table @samp
2428 @item v7
2429 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2430
2431 @item oldgnu
2432 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2433 1.12 or earlier.
2434
2435 @item gnu
2436 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2437 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2438 numeric fields.
2439
2440 @item ustar
2441 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} compatible archive.
2442
2443 @item posix
2444 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-2001 archive}.
2445
2446 @end table
2447
2448 @xref{Formats}, for a detailed discussion of these formats.
2449
2450 @opindex group, summary
2451 @item --group=@var{group}
2452
2453 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group id of @var{group},
2454 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} is first decoded
2455 as a group symbolic name, but if this interpretation fails, it has to be
2456 a decimal numeric group ID. @FIXME-xref{}
2457
2458 Also see the comments for the @option{--owner=@var{user}} option.
2459
2460 @opindex gzip, summary
2461 @opindex gunzip, summary
2462 @opindex ungzip, summary
2463 @item --gzip
2464 @itemx --gunzip
2465 @itemx --ungzip
2466 @itemx -z
2467
2468 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2469 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2470 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @xref{gzip}.
2471
2472 @opindex help, summary
2473 @item --help
2474
2475 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2476 options to @command{tar} and exit. @xref{help}.
2477
2478 @opindex ignore-case, summary
2479 @item --ignore-case
2480 Ignore case when excluding files. @xref{controlling pattern-matching
2481 with exclude}.
2482
2483 @opindex ignore-command-error, summary
2484 @item --ignore-command-error
2485 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2486
2487 @opindex ignore-failed-read, summary
2488 @item --ignore-failed-read
2489
2490 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2491 @xref{Reading}.
2492
2493 @opindex ignore-zeros, summary
2494 @item --ignore-zeros
2495 @itemx -i
2496
2497 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2498 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2499
2500 @opindex incremental, summary
2501 @item --incremental
2502 @itemx -G
2503
2504 Used to inform @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2505 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2506 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @FIXME{incremental and
2507 listed-incremental}.
2508
2509 @opindex index-file, summary
2510 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2511
2512 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2513
2514 @opindex info-script, summary
2515 @opindex new-volume-script, summary
2516 @item --info-script=@var{script-file}
2517 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{script-file}
2518 @itemx -F @var{script-file}
2519
2520 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{script-file} is run
2521 at the end of each tape. If @var{script-file} exits with nonzero status,
2522 @command{tar} fails immediately. @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
2523 discussion of @var{script-file}.
2524
2525 @opindex interactive, summary
2526 @item --interactive
2527 @itemx --confirmation
2528 @itemx -w
2529
2530 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2531 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2532 @xref{interactive}.
2533
2534 @opindex keep-newer-files, summary
2535 @item --keep-newer-files
2536
2537 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive copies
2538 when extracting files from an archive.
2539
2540 @opindex keep-old-files, summary
2541 @item --keep-old-files
2542 @itemx -k
2543
2544 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an archive.
2545 @xref{Keep Old Files}.
2546
2547 @opindex label, summary
2548 @item --label=@var{name}
2549 @itemx -V @var{name}
2550
2551 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2552 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2553 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2554 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @xref{Tape Files}.
2555
2556 @opindex listed-incremental, summary
2557 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2558 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2559
2560 During a @option{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2561 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2562 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2563 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2564 incremental format. @FIXME{incremental and listed-incremental}.
2565
2566 @opindex mode, summary
2567 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2568
2569 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2570 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2571 from the files. The program @command{chmod} and this @command{tar}
2572 option share the same syntax for what @var{permissions} might be.
2573 @xref{File permissions, Permissions, File permissions, fileutils,
2574 @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference also has useful
2575 information for those not being overly familiar with the Unix
2576 permission system.
2577
2578 Of course, @var{permissions} might be plainly specified as an octal number.
2579 However, by using generic symbolic modifications to mode bits, this allows
2580 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
2581 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
2582 or on any other file already marked as executable.
2583
2584 @opindex multi-volume, summary
2585 @item --multi-volume
2586 @itemx -M
2587
2588 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2589 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}.
2590
2591 @opindex new-volume-script, summary
2592 @item --new-volume-script
2593
2594 (see --info-script)
2595
2596 @opindex seek, summary
2597 @item --seek
2598 @itemx -n
2599
2600 Assume that the archive media supports seeks to arbitrary
2601 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
2602 the archive can be seeked or not. This option is intended for use
2603 in cases when such recognition fails.
2604
2605 @opindex newer, summary
2606 @item --newer=@var{date}
2607 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2608 @itemx -N
2609
2610 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2611 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2612 is taken to be the name of a file whose data modification time specifies
2613 the date. @xref{after}.
2614
2615 @opindex newer-mtime, summary
2616 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2617
2618 Like @option{--newer}, but add only files whose
2619 contents have changed (as opposed to just @option{--newer}, which will
2620 also back up files for which any status information has changed).
2621
2622 @opindex no-anchored, summary
2623 @item --no-anchored
2624 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2625 @xref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}.
2626
2627 @opindex no-ignore-case, summary
2628 @item --no-ignore-case
2629 Use case-sensitive matching when excluding files.
2630 @xref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}.
2631
2632 @opindex no-ignore-command-error, summary
2633 @item --no-ignore-command-error
2634 Print warnings about subprocesses terminated with a non-zero exit
2635 code. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2636
2637 @opindex no-recursion, summary
2638 @item --no-recursion
2639
2640 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
2641 @xref{recurse}.
2642
2643 @opindex no-same-owner, summary
2644 @item --no-same-owner
2645 @itemx -o
2646
2647 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
2648 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
2649 for ordinary users.
2650
2651 @opindex no-same-permissions, summary
2652 @item --no-same-permissions
2653
2654 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
2655 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
2656 for ordinary users.
2657
2658 @opindex no-wildcards, summary
2659 @item --no-wildcards
2660 Do not use wildcards when excluding files.
2661 @xref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}.
2662
2663 @opindex no-wildcards-match-slash, summary
2664 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
2665 Wildcards do not match @samp{/} when excluding files.
2666 @xref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}.
2667
2668 @opindex null, summary
2669 @item --null
2670
2671 When @command{tar} is using the @option{--files-from} option, this option
2672 instructs @command{tar} to expect filenames terminated with @option{NUL}, so
2673 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
2674 @xref{nul}.
2675
2676 @opindex numeric-owner, summary
2677 @item --numeric-owner
2678
2679 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
2680 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
2681 @xref{Attributes}.
2682
2683 @item -o
2684 When extracting files, this option is a synonym for
2685 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e. it prevents @command{tar} from
2686 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
2687
2688 When creating an archive, @option{-o} is a synonym for
2689 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
2690 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
2691 removed in the future releases.
2692
2693 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2694
2695 @opindex occurrence, summary
2696 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
2697
2698 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
2699 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
2700 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
2701 line or via @option{-T} option.
2702
2703 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
2704 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
2705
2706 @smallexample
2707 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
2708 @end smallexample
2709
2710 @noindent
2711 will extract the first occurrence of @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
2712 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
2713
2714 @opindex old-archive, summary
2715 @item --old-archive
2716 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2717
2718 @opindex one-file-system, summary
2719 @item --one-file-system
2720 @itemx -l
2721 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
2722 directories that are on different file systems from the current
2723 directory.
2724
2725 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2726 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Although such usage is still
2727 allowed in the present version, it is @emph{strongly discouraged}.
2728 The future versions of @GNUTAR{} will use @option{-l} as
2729 a synonym for @option{--check-links}.
2730
2731 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2732
2733 @opindex overwrite, summary
2734 @item --overwrite
2735
2736 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
2737 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2738
2739 @opindex overwrite-dir, summary
2740 @item --overwrite-dir
2741
2742 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
2743 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2744
2745 @opindex owner, summary
2746 @item --owner=@var{user}
2747
2748 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
2749 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
2750 file. @var{user} is first decoded as a user symbolic name, but if
2751 this interpretation fails, it has to be a decimal numeric user ID.
2752 @FIXME-xref{}
2753
2754 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
2755 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
2756 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
2757 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous archives.
2758
2759 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
2760
2761 @opindex pax-option, summary
2762 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
2763 @FIXME{Such a detailed description does not belong there, move it elsewhere.}
2764 This option is meaningful only with @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives
2765 (@pxref{posix}). It modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
2766 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
2767 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
2768 the following forms:
2769
2770 @table @asis
2771 @item delete=@var{pattern}
2772 When used with one of archive-creation commands,
2773 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
2774 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
2775
2776 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
2777 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
2778 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
2779 matching notation described in @acronym{POSIX 1003.2}, 3.13
2780 (See @cite{glob(7)}). For example:
2781
2782 @smallexample
2783 --pax-option delete=security.*
2784 @end smallexample
2785
2786 would suppress security-related information.
2787
2788 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
2789
2790 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
2791 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
2792 from @var{string} after substituting the following meta-characters:
2793
2794 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
2795 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
2796 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
2797 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated pathname.
2798 @item %f @tab The filename of the file, equivalent to the result
2799 of the @command{basename} utility on the translated pathname.
2800 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
2801 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
2802 @end multitable
2803
2804 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
2805 results.
2806
2807 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
2808 will use the following default value:
2809
2810 @smallexample
2811 %d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f
2812 @end smallexample
2813
2814 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
2815 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
2816 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
2817 shall will be obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after the
2818 following character substitutions have been made:
2819
2820 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
2821 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
2822 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
2823 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
2824 starting at 1.
2825 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
2826 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
2827 @end multitable
2828
2829 Any other @samp{%} characters in string produce undefined results.
2830
2831 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
2832 will use the following default value:
2833
2834 @smallexample
2835 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
2836 @end smallexample
2837
2838 @noindent
2839 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
2840 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
2841 uses @samp{/tmp}.
2842
2843 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
2844 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
2845 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
2846 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
2847 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
2848 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
2849 record.
2850
2851 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
2852 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
2853 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
2854 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
2855 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
2856
2857 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
2858 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
2859 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
2860 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
2861 For example, in the command:
2862
2863 @smallexample
2864 tar --format=posix --create \
2865 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
2866 @end smallexample
2867
2868 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
2869 stored in the archive.
2870 @end table
2871
2872 @opindex portability, summary
2873 @item --portability
2874 @itemx --old-archive
2875 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2876
2877 @opindex posix, summary
2878 @item --posix
2879 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
2880
2881 @opindex preserve, summary
2882 @item --preserve
2883
2884 Synonymous with specifying both @option{--preserve-permissions} and
2885 @option{--same-order}. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
2886
2887 @opindex preserve-order, summary
2888 @item --preserve-order
2889
2890 (See @option{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
2891
2892 @opindex preserve-permissions, summary
2893 @opindex same-permissions, summary
2894 @item --preserve-permissions
2895 @itemx --same-permissions
2896 @itemx -p
2897
2898 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
2899 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
2900 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
2901 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
2902 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
2903
2904 @opindex read-full-records, summary
2905 @item --read-full-records
2906 @itemx -B
2907
2908 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
2909 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
2910
2911 @opindex record-size, summary
2912 @item --record-size=@var{size}
2913
2914 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
2915 archive. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
2916
2917 @opindex recursion, summary
2918 @item --recursion
2919
2920 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories.
2921 @xref{recurse}.
2922
2923 @opindex recursive-unlink, summary
2924 @item --recursive-unlink
2925
2926 Remove existing
2927 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
2928 from the archive. @xref{Recursive Unlink}.
2929
2930 @opindex remove-files, summary
2931 @item --remove-files
2932
2933 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
2934 appending it to an archive. @xref{remove files}.
2935
2936 @opindex restrict, summary
2937 @item --restrict
2938
2939 Disable use of some potentially harmful @command{tar} options.
2940 Currently this option disables shell invocaton from multi-volume menu
2941 (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}).
2942
2943 @opindex rmt-command, summary
2944 @item --rmt-command=@var{cmd}
2945
2946 Notifies @command{tar} that it should use @var{cmd} instead of
2947 the default @file{/usr/libexec/rmt} (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
2948
2949 @opindex rsh-command, summary
2950 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
2951
2952 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
2953 devices. @xref{Device}.
2954
2955 @opindex same-order, summary
2956 @item --same-order
2957 @itemx --preserve-order
2958 @itemx -s
2959
2960 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
2961 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
2962 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
2963 archive. @xref{Reading}.
2964
2965 @opindex same-owner, summary
2966 @item --same-owner
2967
2968 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
2969 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
2970 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
2971 effect only for ordinary users. @xref{Attributes}.
2972
2973 @opindex same-permissions, summary
2974 @item --same-permissions
2975
2976 (See @option{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Setting Access Permissions}.)
2977
2978 @opindex show-defaults, summary
2979 @item --show-defaults
2980
2981 Displays the default options used by @command{tar} and exits
2982 successfully. This option is intended for use in shell scripts.
2983 Here is an example of what you can see using this option:
2984
2985 @smallexample
2986 $ tar --show-defaults
2987 --format=gnu -f- -b20
2988 @end smallexample
2989
2990 @opindex show-omitted-dirs, summary
2991 @item --show-omitted-dirs
2992
2993 Instructs @command{tar} to mention directories its skipping over when
2994 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @xref{show-omitted-dirs}.
2995
2996 @opindex show-stored-names, summary
2997 @item --show-stored-names
2998
2999 This option has effect only when used in conjunction with one of
3000 archive creation operations. It instructs tar to list the member names
3001 stored in the archive, as opposed to the actual file
3002 names. @xref{listing member and file names}.
3003
3004 @opindex sparse, summary
3005 @item --sparse
3006 @itemx -S
3007
3008 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
3009 sparse files efficiently. @xref{sparse}.
3010
3011 @opindex starting-file, summary
3012 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
3013 @itemx -K @var{name}
3014
3015 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
3016 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
3017 @xref{Scarce}.
3018
3019 @opindex strip-components, summary
3020 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
3021 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
3022 extraction.@footnote{This option was called @option{--strip-path} in
3023 version 1.14.} For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
3024 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
3025
3026 @smallexample
3027 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-components=2
3028 @end smallexample
3029
3030 @noindent
3031 would extracted this file to file @file{name}.
3032
3033 @opindex suffix, summary
3034 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
3035
3036 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
3037 @samp{~}. @xref{backup}.
3038
3039 @opindex tape-length, summary
3040 @item --tape-length=@var{num}
3041 @itemx -L @var{num}
3042
3043 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
3044 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}.
3045
3046 @opindex test-label, summary
3047 @item --test-label
3048
3049 Reads the volume label. If an argument is specified, test whether it
3050 matches the volume label. @xref{--test-label option}.
3051
3052 @opindex to-command, summary
3053 @item --to-command=@var{command}
3054
3055 During extraction @command{tar} will pipe extracted files to the
3056 standard input of @var{command}. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
3057
3058 @opindex to-stdout, summary
3059 @item --to-stdout
3060 @itemx -O
3061
3062 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
3063 than to the file system. @xref{Writing to Standard Output}.
3064
3065 @opindex totals, summary
3066 @item --totals
3067
3068 Displays the total number of bytes written after creating an archive.
3069 @xref{verbose}.
3070
3071 @opindex touch, summary
3072 @item --touch
3073 @itemx -m
3074
3075 Sets the data modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
3076 rather than the data modification time stored in the archive.
3077 @xref{Data Modification Times}.
3078
3079 @opindex uncompress, summary
3080 @item --uncompress
3081
3082 (See @option{--compress}. @pxref{gzip})
3083
3084 @opindex ungzip, summary
3085 @item --ungzip
3086
3087 (See @option{--gzip}. @pxref{gzip})
3088
3089 @opindex unlink-first, summary
3090 @item --unlink-first
3091 @itemx -U
3092
3093 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
3094 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Unlink First}.
3095
3096 @opindex use-compress-program, summary
3097 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
3098
3099 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
3100 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @xref{gzip}.
3101
3102 @opindex utc, summary
3103 @item --utc
3104
3105 Display file modification dates in @acronym{UTC}. This option implies
3106 @option{--verbose}.
3107
3108 @opindex verbose, summary
3109 @item --verbose
3110 @itemx -v
3111
3112 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the operations its
3113 performing. This option can be specified multiple times for some
3114 operations to increase the amount of information displayed.
3115 @xref{verbose}.
3116
3117 @opindex verify, summary
3118 @item --verify
3119 @itemx -W
3120
3121 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
3122 archive. @xref{verify}.
3123
3124 @opindex version, summary
3125 @item --version
3126
3127 @command{tar} will print an informational message about what version
3128 it is and a copyright message, some credits, and then exit.
3129 @xref{help}.
3130
3131 @opindex volno-file, summary
3132 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
3133
3134 Used in conjunction with @option{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will keep track
3135 of which volume of a multi-volume archive its working in @var{file}.
3136 @xref{volno-file}.
3137
3138 @opindex wildcards, summary
3139 @item --wildcards
3140 Use wildcards when excluding files.
3141 @xref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}.
3142
3143 @opindex wildcards-match-slash, summary
3144 @item --wildcards-match-slash
3145 Wildcards match @samp{/} when excluding files.
3146 @xref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}.
3147 @end table
3148
3149 @node Short Option Summary
3150 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
3151
3152 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
3153 them with the equivalent long option.
3154
3155 @table @option
3156
3157 @item -A
3158
3159 @option{--concatenate}
3160
3161 @item -B
3162
3163 @option{--read-full-records}
3164
3165 @item -C
3166
3167 @option{--directory}
3168
3169 @item -F
3170
3171 @option{--info-script}
3172
3173 @item -G
3174
3175 @option{--incremental}
3176
3177 @item -K
3178
3179 @option{--starting-file}
3180
3181 @item -L
3182
3183 @option{--tape-length}
3184
3185 @item -M
3186
3187 @option{--multi-volume}
3188
3189 @item -N
3190
3191 @option{--newer}
3192
3193 @item -O
3194
3195 @option{--to-stdout}
3196
3197 @item -P
3198
3199 @option{--absolute-names}
3200
3201 @item -R
3202
3203 @option{--block-number}
3204
3205 @item -S
3206
3207 @option{--sparse}
3208
3209 @item -T
3210
3211 @option{--files-from}
3212
3213 @item -U
3214
3215 @option{--unlink-first}
3216
3217 @item -V
3218
3219 @option{--label}
3220
3221 @item -W
3222
3223 @option{--verify}
3224
3225 @item -X
3226
3227 @option{--exclude-from}
3228
3229 @item -Z
3230
3231 @option{--compress}
3232
3233 @item -b
3234
3235 @option{--blocking-factor}
3236
3237 @item -c
3238
3239 @option{--create}
3240
3241 @item -d
3242
3243 @option{--compare}
3244
3245 @item -f
3246
3247 @option{--file}
3248
3249 @item -g
3250
3251 @option{--listed-incremental}
3252
3253 @item -h
3254
3255 @option{--dereference}
3256
3257 @item -i
3258
3259 @option{--ignore-zeros}
3260
3261 @item -j
3262
3263 @option{--bzip2}
3264
3265 @item -k
3266
3267 @option{--keep-old-files}
3268
3269 @item -l
3270
3271 @option{--one-file-system}. Use of this short option is deprecated. It
3272 is retained for compatibility with the earlier versions of GNU
3273 @command{tar}, and will be changed in future releases.
3274
3275 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
3276
3277 @item -m
3278
3279 @option{--touch}
3280
3281 @item -o
3282
3283 When creating --- @option{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3284 @option{--portability}.
3285
3286 The later usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3287 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In the future releases
3288 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @option{--no-same-owner} only.
3289
3290 @item -p
3291
3292 @option{--preserve-permissions}
3293
3294 @item -r
3295
3296 @option{--append}
3297
3298 @item -s
3299
3300 @option{--same-order}
3301
3302 @item -t
3303
3304 @option{--list}
3305
3306 @item -u
3307
3308 @option{--update}
3309
3310 @item -v
3311
3312 @option{--verbose}
3313
3314 @item -w
3315
3316 @option{--interactive}
3317
3318 @item -x
3319
3320 @option{--extract}
3321
3322 @item -z
3323
3324 @option{--gzip}
3325
3326 @end table
3327
3328 @node help
3329 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3330
3331 @cindex Getting program version number
3332 @opindex version
3333 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3334 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3335 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @option{--version} option
3336 will generate a message giving confirmation that you are using
3337 @GNUTAR{}, with the precise version of @GNUTAR{}
3338 you are using. @command{tar} identifies itself and
3339 prints the version number to the standard output, then immediately
3340 exits successfully, without doing anything else, ignoring all other
3341 options. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might return:
3342
3343 @smallexample
3344 tar (@acronym{GNU} tar) @value{VERSION}
3345 @end smallexample
3346
3347 @noindent
3348 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3349 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3350 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3351 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3352 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3353 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3354 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3355 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3356 @option{--version} would not yield @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3357 paxutils) 3.2}}}.
3358
3359 @cindex Obtaining help
3360 @cindex Listing all @command{tar} options
3361 @opindex help, introduction
3362 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3363 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3364 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3365 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3366 @option{--help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3367 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3368 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3369 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3370 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3371 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3372
3373 @smallexample
3374 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3375 @end smallexample
3376
3377 @noindent
3378 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3379 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3380 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3381 @option{--help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3382
3383 @smallexample
3384 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3385 @end smallexample
3386
3387 @noindent
3388 for getting only the pertinent lines. Notice, however, that some
3389 @command{tar} options have long description lines and the above
3390 command will list only the first of them.
3391
3392 @opindex usage
3393 If you only wish to check the spelling of an option, running @kbd{tar
3394 --usage} may be a better choice. This will display a terse list of
3395 @command{tar} option without accompanying explanations.
3396
3397 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3398 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3399 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3400 form. This manual is available in a variety of forms from
3401 @url{http://www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual}. It may printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3402 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3403 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3404 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3405 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3406 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3407 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3408 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3409 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3410 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3411
3412 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3413 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3414 either it does not belong to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3415 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Some package maintainers convert
3416 @kbd{tar --help} output to a man page, using @command{help2man}. In
3417 any case, please bear in mind that the authoritative source of
3418 information about @GNUTAR{} is this Texinfo documentation.
3419
3420 @node defaults
3421 @section Obtaining @GNUTAR{} default values
3422
3423 @opindex show-defaults
3424 @GNUTAR{} has some predefined defaults that are used when you do not
3425 explicitely specify another values. To obtain a list of such
3426 defaults, use @option{--show-defaults} option. This will output the
3427 values in the form of @command{tar} command line options:
3428
3429 @smallexample
3430 @group
3431 @kbd{tar --show-defaults}
3432 --format=gnu -f- -b20 --rmt-command=/etc/rmt --rsh-command=/usr/bin/rsh
3433 @end group
3434 @end smallexample
3435
3436 @noindent
3437 The above output shows that this version of @GNUTAR{} defaults to
3438 using @samp{gnu} archive format (@pxref{Formats}), it uses standard
3439 output as the archive, if no @option{--file} option has been given
3440 (@pxref{file tutorial}), the default blocking factor is 20
3441 (@pxref{Blocking Factor}). It also shows the default locations where
3442 @command{tar} will look for @command{rmt} and @command{rsh} binaries.
3443
3444 @node verbose
3445 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3446
3447 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3448 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3449 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3450 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3451 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3452 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3453 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3454 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3455 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3456 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3457 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3458 helpful diagnostic tools.
3459
3460 @cindex Verbose operation
3461 @opindex verbose
3462 Normally, the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) command to list an archive
3463 prints just the file names (one per line) and the other commands are
3464 silent. When used with most operations, the @option{--verbose}
3465 (@option{-v}) option causes @command{tar} to print the name of each
3466 file or archive member as it is processed. This and the other options
3467 which make @command{tar} print status information can be useful in
3468 monitoring @command{tar}.
3469
3470 With @option{--create} or @option{--extract}, @option{--verbose} used
3471 once just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3472 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing
3473 (reminiscent of @samp{ls -l}) for each member. Since @option{--list}
3474 already prints the names of the members, @option{--verbose} used once
3475 with @option{--list} causes @command{tar} to print an @samp{ls -l}
3476 type listing of the files in the archive. The following examples both
3477 extract members with long list output:
3478
3479 @smallexample
3480 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3481 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3482 @end smallexample
3483
3484 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3485 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3486 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cfv -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3487 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3488 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3489
3490 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3491 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3492 error.
3493
3494 @cindex Obtaining total status information
3495 @opindex totals
3496 The @option{--totals} option---which is only meaningful when used with
3497 @option{--create} (@option{-c})---causes @command{tar} to print the total
3498 amount written to the archive, after it has been fully created.
3499
3500 @cindex Progress information
3501 @opindex checkpoint
3502 The @option{--checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3503 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. In fact, it prints
3504 a message each 10 records read or written. It is designed for
3505 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3506 @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}), but do want visual confirmation that @command{tar}
3507 is actually making forward progress.
3508
3509 @FIXME{There is some confusion here. It seems that -R once wrote a
3510 message at @samp{every} record read or written.}
3511
3512 @opindex show-omitted-dirs
3513 @anchor{show-omitted-dirs}
3514 The @option{--show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3515 @option{--list} or @option{--extract}, for example---causes a message
3516 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3517 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3518 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3519 it might be excluded by the use of the @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} option, or
3520 some other reason.
3521
3522 @opindex block-number
3523 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3524 @anchor{block-number}
3525 If @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}) is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3526 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3527 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3528 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3529 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive if properly terminated
3530 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3531 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3532 @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}) is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3533 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3534 archive from a pipe.
3535
3536 @cindex Error message, block number of
3537 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3538 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3539 @option{--list} (@option{-t}) when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3540 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3541 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3542 front of the tape). @xref{backup}.
3543
3544 @node interactive
3545 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
3546 @cindex Interactive operation
3547
3548 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
3549 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
3550 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
3551 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
3552 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
3553 an operation interactively, using the @option{--interactive} (@option{-w}) option.
3554 @command{tar} also accepts @option{--confirmation} for this option.
3555
3556 @opindex interactive
3557 When the @option{--interactive} (@option{-w}) option is specified, before
3558 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
3559 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
3560 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
3561 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
3562 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
3563 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
3564 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
3565 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
3566
3567 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
3568 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
3569 communications.
3570
3571 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
3572 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
3573 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
3574 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
3575 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
3576 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
3577 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
3578 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
3579 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
3580 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
3581 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
3582
3583 @node operations
3584 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
3585
3586 @menu
3587 * Basic tar::
3588 * Advanced tar::
3589 * create options::
3590 * extract options::
3591 * backup::
3592 * Applications::
3593 * looking ahead::
3594 @end menu
3595
3596 @node Basic tar
3597 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
3598
3599 The basic @command{tar} operations, @option{--create} (@option{-c}),
3600 @option{--list} (@option{-t}) and @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
3601 @option{-x}), are currently presented and described in the tutorial
3602 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
3603 for these operations.
3604
3605 @table @option
3606 @opindex create, complementary notes
3607 @item --create
3608 @itemx -c
3609
3610 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
3611 initialize an empty archive and later use @option{--append}
3612 (@option{-r}) for adding all members. Some applications would not
3613 welcome making an exception in the way of adding the first archive
3614 member. On the other hand, many people reported that it is
3615 dangerously too easy for @command{tar} to destroy a magnetic tape with
3616 an empty archive@footnote{This is well described in @cite{Unix-haters
3617 Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG
3618 Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most common errors are:
3619
3620 @enumerate
3621 @item
3622 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
3623 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
3624 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
3625 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
3626 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
3627 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
3628
3629 @item
3630 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
3631 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
3632 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
3633 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
3634 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
3635 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
3636 @end enumerate
3637
3638 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophical nature of these
3639 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
3640 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @option{--create} option is
3641 given, there are no arguments besides options, and
3642 @option{--files-from} (@option{-T}) option is @emph{not} used. To get
3643 around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{} and nevertheless create an
3644 archive with nothing in it, one may still use, as the value for the
3645 @option{--files-from} option, a file with no names in it, as shown in
3646 the following commands:
3647
3648 @smallexample
3649 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
3650 @kbd{tar cfT empty-archive.tar /dev/null}
3651 @end smallexample
3652
3653 @opindex extract, complementary notes
3654 @item --extract
3655 @itemx --get
3656 @itemx -x
3657
3658 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
3659
3660 @item @option{--list} (@option{-t})
3661
3662 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
3663 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. Preferably,
3664 people should get used to ISO 8601 dates. Local American dates should
3665 be made available again with full date localization support, once
3666 ready. In the meantime, programs not being localizable for dates
3667 should prefer international dates, that's really the way to go.
3668
3669 Look up @url{http://www.ft.uni-erlangen.de/~mskuhn/iso-time.html} if you
3670 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
3671
3672 @end table
3673
3674 @node Advanced tar
3675 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
3676
3677 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
3678 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
3679
3680 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
3681 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
3682 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
3683 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
3684 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
3685 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
3686 error correction in special circumstances.
3687
3688 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
3689 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
3690
3691 @menu
3692 * Operations::
3693 * append::
3694 * update::
3695 * concatenate::
3696 * delete::
3697 * compare::
3698 @end menu
3699
3700 @node Operations
3701 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
3702 @UNREVISED
3703
3704 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
3705 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
3706 @command{tar}: @option{--append}, @option{--update}, @option{--concatenate},
3707 @option{--delete}, and @option{--compare}.
3708
3709 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
3710 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
3711 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
3712 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
3713 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
3714 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
3715 @samp{rock}, and the two archive files you created are
3716 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
3717
3718 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
3719 @samp{bfiles.tar}. @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
3720 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}. @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
3721 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
3722
3723 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
3724 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
3725 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
3726 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
3727 where the last chapter left them.)
3728
3729 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
3730
3731 @table @option
3732 @item --append
3733 @itemx -r
3734 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
3735 @item --update
3736 @itemx -r
3737 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
3738 they exist.
3739 @item --concatenate
3740 @itemx --catenate
3741 @itemx -A
3742 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
3743 @item --delete
3744 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
3745 @item --compare
3746 @itemx --diff
3747 @itemx -d
3748 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
3749 @end table
3750
3751 @node append
3752 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
3753 @UNREVISED
3754
3755 @opindex append
3756 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
3757 create a new archive; you can use @option{--append} (@option{-r}).
3758 The archive must already exist in order to use @option{--append}. (A
3759 related operation is the @option{--update} operation; you can use this
3760 to add newer versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
3761 do this with @option{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
3762
3763 If you use @option{--append} to add a file that has the same name as an
3764 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
3765 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
3766 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite number of files
3767 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
3768 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
3769 view an archive with @option{--list} (@option{-t}), you will see all
3770 of those members listed, with their data modification times, owners, etc.
3771
3772 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
3773 prefer; if you were to use @option{--extract} to extract the archive,
3774 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as four
3775 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
3776 @option{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
3777 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
3778 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
3779 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
3780 will not prompt you about this@footnote{Unless you give it
3781 @option{--keep-old-files} option, or the disk copy is newer than the
3782 the one in the archive and you invoke @command{tar} with
3783 @option{--keep-newer-files} option}. Thus, only the most recently archived
3784 member will end up being extracted, as it will replace the one
3785 extracted before it, and so on.
3786
3787 There exists a special option that allows you to get around this
3788 behavior and extract (or list) only a particular copy of the file.
3789 This is @option{--occurrence} option. If you run @command{tar} with
3790 this option, it will extract only the first copy of the file. You
3791 may also give this option an argument specifying the number of
3792 copy to be extracted. Thus, for example if the archive
3793 @file{archive.tar} contained three copies of file @file{myfile}, then
3794 the command
3795
3796 @smallexample
3797 tar --extract --file archive.tar --occurrence=2 myfile
3798 @end smallexample
3799
3800 @noindent
3801 would extract only the second copy. @xref{Option
3802 Summary,---occurrence}, for the description of @option{--occurrence}
3803 option.
3804
3805 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
3806 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...
3807
3808 There are a few ways to get around this. (maybe xref Multiple Members
3809 with the Same Name.}
3810
3811 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
3812 @cindex Replacing members with other members
3813 If you want to replace an archive member, use @option{--delete} to
3814 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, , and then use
3815 @option{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
3816 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
3817 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
3818 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
3819 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
3820 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
3821
3822 @menu
3823 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
3824 * multiple::
3825 @end menu
3826
3827 @node appending files
3828 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
3829 @UNREVISED
3830 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
3831 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
3832 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
3833
3834 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
3835 @option{--append} (@option{-r}) operation, which writes specified files into the
3836 archive whether or not they are already among the archived files.
3837 When you use @option{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
3838 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
3839 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
3840 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
3841 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
3842 command line. The @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option will print
3843 out the names of the files as they are written into the archive.
3844
3845 @option{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
3846 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
3847 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
3848 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
3849
3850 To demonstrate using @option{--append} to add a file to an archive,
3851 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
3852 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
3853 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
3854 @file{collection.tar}:
3855
3856 @smallexample
3857 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
3858 @end smallexample
3859
3860 @noindent
3861 If you now use the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) operation, you will see that
3862 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
3863
3864 @smallexample
3865 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3866 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3867 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3868 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3869 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3870 @end smallexample
3871
3872 @FIXME{in theory, dan will (soon) try to turn this node into what it's
3873 title claims it will become...}
3874
3875 @node multiple
3876 @subsubsection Multiple Files with the Same Name
3877
3878 You can use @option{--append} (@option{-r}) to add copies of files which have been
3879 updated since the archive was created. (However, we do not recommend
3880 doing this since there is another @command{tar} option called
3881 @option{--update}; @pxref{update} for more information. We describe this
3882 use of @option{--append} here for the sake of completeness.) @FIXME{is
3883 this really a good idea, to give this whole description for something
3884 which i believe is basically a Stupid way of doing something? certain
3885 aspects of it show ways in which tar is more broken than i'd personally
3886 like to admit to, specifically the last sentence. On the other hand, i
3887 don't think it's a good idea to be saying that we explicitly don't
3888 recommend using something, but i can't see any better way to deal with
3889 the situation.}When you extract the archive, the older version will be
3890 effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
3891 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
3892 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
3893 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the older
3894 version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete all
3895 versions of the file.
3896
3897 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
3898 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
3899 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
3900 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
3901 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
3902 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
3903 newer version when it is extracted.
3904
3905 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
3906 archive in this way:
3907
3908 @smallexample
3909 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
3910 blues
3911 @end smallexample
3912
3913 @noindent
3914 Because you specified the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
3915 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
3916 list the contents of the archive:
3917
3918 @smallexample
3919 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
3920 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3921 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3922 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3923 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3924 -rw-rw-rw- me user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
3925 @end smallexample
3926
3927 @noindent
3928 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
3929 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
3930 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
3931 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
3932 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory.
3933
3934 If you wish to extract the first occurrence of the file @file{blues}
3935 from the archive, use @option{--occurrence} option, as shown in
3936 the following example:
3937
3938 @smallexample
3939 $ @kbd{tar --extract -vv --occurrence --file=collection.tar blues}
3940 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3941 @end smallexample
3942
3943 @xref{Writing}, for more information on @option{--extract} and
3944 @xref{Option Summary, --occurrence}, for the description of
3945 @option{--occurrence} option.
3946
3947 @node update
3948 @subsection Updating an Archive
3949 @UNREVISED
3950 @cindex Updating an archive
3951
3952 @opindex update
3953 In the previous section, you learned how to use @option{--append} to
3954 add a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
3955 @option{--update} (@option{-u}). The @option{--update} operation
3956 updates a @command{tar} archive by comparing the date of the specified
3957 archive members against the date of the file with the same name. If
3958 the file has been modified more recently than the archive member, then
3959 the newer version of the file is added to the archive (as with
3960 @option{--append}).
3961
3962 Unfortunately, you cannot use @option{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
3963 The operation will fail.
3964
3965 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
3966 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
3967
3968 Both @option{--update} and @option{--append} work by adding to the end
3969 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
3970 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
3971 the @option{--backup} option. @FIXME-ref{Multiple Members with the
3972 Same Name}
3973
3974 @menu
3975 * how to update::
3976 @end menu
3977
3978 @node how to update
3979 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @option{--update}
3980
3981 You must use file name arguments with the @option{--update} (@option{-u}) operation.
3982 If you don't specify any files, @command{tar} won't act on any files and
3983 won't tell you that it didn't do anything (which may end up confusing
3984 you).
3985
3986 @FIXME{note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
3987 behavior just confused the author. :-) }
3988
3989 To see the @option{--update} option at work, create a new file,
3990 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
3991 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
3992 the @samp{update} operation and the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option specified,
3993 using the names of all the files in the practice directory as file name
3994 arguments:
3995
3996 @smallexample
3997 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
3998 blues
3999 classical
4000 $
4001 @end smallexample
4002
4003 @noindent
4004 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
4005 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
4006 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
4007 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
4008 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
4009 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
4010 updating it.
4011
4012 (The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
4013 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
4014 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
4015 information about tapes.
4016
4017 @option{--update} (@option{-u}) is not suitable for performing backups for two
4018 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
4019 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
4020 options intended specifically for backups are more
4021 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
4022
4023 @node concatenate
4024 @subsection Combining Archives with @option{--concatenate}
4025
4026 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
4027 @cindex Concatenating Archives
4028 @opindex concatenate
4029 @opindex catenate
4030 @c @cindex @option{-A} described
4031 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
4032 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
4033 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
4034 @option{--concatenate} (@option{--catenate}, @option{-A}) operation.
4035
4036 To use @option{--concatenate}, give the first archive with
4037 @option{--file} option and name the rest of archives to be
4038 concatenated on the command line. The members, and their member
4039 names, will be copied verbatim from those archives to the first one.
4040 @FIXME-ref{This can cause multiple members to have the same name, for
4041 information on how this affects reading the archive, Multiple
4042 Members with the Same Name.}
4043 The new, concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the
4044 one given with the @option{--file} option. As usual, if you omit
4045 @option{--file}, @command{tar} will use the value of the environment
4046 variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the default archive name.
4047
4048 @FIXME{There is no way to specify a new name...}
4049
4050 To demonstrate how @option{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
4051 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
4052 files from @file{practice}:
4053
4054 @smallexample
4055 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
4056 blues
4057 classical
4058 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
4059 folk
4060 jazz
4061 @end smallexample
4062
4063 @noindent
4064 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
4065 contain what they are supposed to:
4066
4067 @smallexample
4068 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
4069 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
4070 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
4071 $ @kbd{tar -tvf folkjazz.tar}
4072 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4073 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
4074 @end smallexample
4075
4076 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
4077
4078 @smallexample
4079 $ @kbd{cd ..}
4080 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
4081 @end smallexample
4082
4083 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesclass.tar}, you will see
4084 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
4085
4086 @smallexample
4087 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
4088 blues
4089 rock
4090 jazz
4091 folk
4092 @end smallexample
4093
4094 When you use @option{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
4095 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
4096 parameters. Notice, that @command{tar} does not check whether the
4097 archives it concatenates have compatible formats, it does not
4098 even check if the files are really tar archives.
4099
4100 Like @option{--append} (@option{-r}), this operation cannot be performed on some
4101 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
4102
4103 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
4104 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
4105 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
4106 concatenate two archives instead of using the @option{--concatenate}
4107 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
4108
4109 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
4110 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
4111 one archive. @option{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
4112 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
4113 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
4114 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
4115 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
4116 @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
4117 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
4118 @command{cat} shell utility.
4119
4120 @node delete
4121 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @option{--delete}
4122 @UNREVISED
4123 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
4124 @cindex Removing files from an archive
4125
4126 @opindex delete
4127 You can remove members from an archive by using the @option{--delete}
4128 option. Specify the name of the archive with @option{--file}
4129 (@option{-f}) and then specify the names of the members to be deleted;
4130 if you list no member names, nothing will be deleted. The
4131 @option{--verbose} option will cause @command{tar} to print the names
4132 of the members as they are deleted. As with @option{--extract}, you
4133 must give the exact member names when using @samp{tar --delete}.
4134 @option{--delete} will remove all versions of the named file from the
4135 archive. The @option{--delete} operation can run very slowly.
4136
4137 Unlike other operations, @option{--delete} has no short form.
4138
4139 @cindex Tapes, using @option{--delete} and
4140 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
4141 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
4142 @option{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
4143 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
4144 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
4145 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
4146 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
4147 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
4148 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
4149
4150 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
4151 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
4152 are in that directory, and then,
4153
4154 @smallexample
4155 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4156 blues
4157 folk
4158 jazz
4159 rock
4160 practice/blues
4161 practice/folk
4162 practice/jazz
4163 practice/rock
4164 practice/blues
4165 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
4166 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4167 folk
4168 jazz
4169 rock
4170 $
4171 @end smallexample
4172
4173 @FIXME{I changed the order of these nodes around and haven't had a chance
4174 to fix the above example's results, yet. I have to play with this and
4175 follow it and see what it actually does!}
4176
4177 The @option{--delete} option has been reported to work properly when
4178 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
4179
4180 @node compare
4181 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
4182 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
4183 @UNREVISED
4184
4185 @opindex compare
4186 The @option{--compare} (@option{-d}), or @option{--diff} operation compares
4187 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
4188 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
4189 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
4190 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
4191 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
4192 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
4193
4194 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
4195 archive with a non-default record size.
4196
4197 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
4198 corresponding members in the archive.
4199
4200 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
4201 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
4202 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
4203 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
4204
4205 @smallexample
4206 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
4207 rock
4208 blues
4209 tar: funk not found in archive
4210 @end smallexample
4211
4212 The spirit behind the @option{--compare} (@option{--diff}, @option{-d}) option is to check whether the
4213 archive represents the current state of files on disk, more than validating
4214 the integrity of the archive media. For this later goal, @xref{verify}.
4215
4216 @node create options
4217 @section Options Used by @option{--create}
4218
4219 @opindex create, additional options
4220 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
4221 @option{--create} (@option{-c}) to create an archive from a set of files.
4222 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
4223 @option{--create}.
4224
4225 @menu
4226 * Ignore Failed Read::
4227 @end menu
4228
4229 @node Ignore Failed Read
4230 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
4231
4232 @table @option
4233 @item --ignore-failed-read
4234 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
4235 @end table
4236
4237 @node extract options
4238 @section Options Used by @option{--extract}
4239 @UNREVISED
4240
4241 @FIXME{i need to get dan to go over these options with me and see if
4242 there's a better way of organizing them.}
4243
4244 @opindex extract, additional options
4245 The previous chapter showed how to use @option{--extract} to extract
4246 an archive into the file system. Various options cause @command{tar} to
4247 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
4248 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
4249 presents options to be used with @option{--extract} when certain special
4250 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
4251 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
4252 @option{--extract} operation.
4253
4254 @menu
4255 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
4256 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4257 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
4258 @end menu
4259
4260 @node Reading
4261 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
4262 @cindex Options when reading archives
4263 @UNREVISED
4264
4265 @cindex Reading incomplete records
4266 @cindex Records, incomplete
4267 @opindex read-full-records
4268 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
4269 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
4270 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
4271 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
4272 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
4273 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
4274 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option
4275 in conjunction with the @option{--extract} or @option{--list} operations.
4276 @xref{Blocking}.
4277
4278 The @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option is turned on by default when
4279 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
4280 machine. This is because on BSD Unix systems, attempting to read a
4281 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
4282 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
4283 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
4284
4285 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
4286 read the archive by specifying @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) and
4287 @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
4288 @var{512-size}}), using a blocking factor larger than what the archive
4289 uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
4290 of an archive. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
4291
4292 @menu
4293 * read full records::
4294 * Ignore Zeros::
4295 @end menu
4296
4297 @node read full records
4298 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
4299
4300 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
4301
4302 @table @option
4303 @opindex read-full-records
4304 @item --read-full-records
4305 @item -B
4306 Use in conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
4307 @option{-x}) to read an archive which contains incomplete records, or
4308 one which has a blocking factor less than the one specified.
4309 @end table
4310
4311 @node Ignore Zeros
4312 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
4313
4314 @cindex End-of-archive blocks, ignoring
4315 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive blocks
4316 @opindex ignore-zeros
4317 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
4318 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
4319 @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) allows @command{tar} to
4320 completely read an archive which contains a block of zeros before the
4321 end (i.e., a damaged archive, or one that was created by concatenating
4322 several archives together).
4323
4324 The @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option is turned off by default because many
4325 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
4326 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
4327 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
4328 maintain compatiblity among archiving utilities.
4329
4330 @table @option
4331 @item --ignore-zeros
4332 @itemx -i
4333 To ignore blocks of zeros (i.e., end-of-archive entries) which may be
4334 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
4335 @option{--extract} or @option{--list}.
4336 @end table
4337
4338 @node Writing
4339 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4340 @UNREVISED
4341
4342 @FIXME{Introductory paragraph}
4343
4344 @menu
4345 * Dealing with Old Files::
4346 * Overwrite Old Files::
4347 * Keep Old Files::
4348 * Keep Newer Files::
4349 * Unlink First::
4350 * Recursive Unlink::
4351 * Data Modification Times::
4352 * Setting Access Permissions::
4353 * Writing to Standard Output::
4354 * Writing to an External Program::
4355 * remove files::
4356 @end menu
4357
4358 @node Dealing with Old Files
4359 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
4360
4361 @opindex overwrite-dir, introduced
4362 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
4363 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
4364 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
4365 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
4366 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
4367 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
4368 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
4369 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
4370 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
4371
4372 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
4373 @opindex keep-old-files, introduced
4374 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
4375 the @option{--keep-old-files} (@option{-k}) option. It causes @command{tar} to refuse
4376 to replace or update a file that already exists, i.e., a file with the
4377 same name as an archive member prevents extraction of that archive
4378 member. Instead, it reports an error.
4379
4380 @opindex overwrite, introduced
4381 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
4382 @option{--overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
4383 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
4384
4385 @cindex Protecting old files
4386 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
4387 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
4388 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
4389 state of the file system when the archive was created. It is debatable
4390 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
4391 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
4392 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
4393 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
4394 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
4395 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
4396 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
4397 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
4398 @file{/usr/local2}, of course!) @GNUTAR{} is indeed
4399 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
4400 example, but @emph{only if} @option{--recursive-unlink} is specified
4401 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
4402 removed.
4403
4404 @opindex unlink-first, introduced
4405 Finally, the @option{--unlink-first} (@option{-U}) option can improve performance in
4406 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
4407 before extracting them.
4408
4409 @node Overwrite Old Files
4410 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
4411
4412 @table @option
4413 @opindex overwrite
4414 @item --overwrite
4415 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
4416 from an archive.
4417
4418 This causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
4419 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
4420 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
4421 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
4422 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
4423 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
4424 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
4425 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
4426 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
4427 they are in the way of extraction.
4428
4429 Be careful when using the @option{--overwrite} option, particularly when
4430 combined with the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option, as this combination
4431 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
4432 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
4433 are currently being executed.
4434
4435 @opindex overwrite-dir
4436 @item --overwrite-dir
4437 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
4438 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
4439 @end table
4440
4441 @node Keep Old Files
4442 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
4443
4444 @table @option
4445 @opindex keep-old-files
4446 @item --keep-old-files
4447 @itemx -k
4448 Do not replace existing files from archive. The
4449 @option{--keep-old-files} (@option{-k}) option prevents @command{tar}
4450 from replacing existing files with files with the same name from the
4451 archive. The @option{--keep-old-files} option is meaningless with
4452 @option{--list} (@option{-t}). Prevents @command{tar} from replacing
4453 files in the file system during extraction.
4454 @end table
4455
4456 @node Keep Newer Files
4457 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Newer Files
4458
4459 @table @option
4460 @opindex keep-newer-files
4461 @item --keep-newer-files
4462 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive
4463 copies. This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
4464 @end table
4465
4466 @node Unlink First
4467 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
4468
4469 @table @option
4470 @opindex unlink-first
4471 @item --unlink-first
4472 @itemx -U
4473 Remove files before extracting over them.
4474 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
4475 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
4476 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
4477 @end table
4478
4479 @node Recursive Unlink
4480 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
4481
4482 @table @option
4483 @opindex recursive-unlink
4484 @item --recursive-unlink
4485 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
4486 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
4487 @end table
4488
4489 If you specify the @option{--recursive-unlink} option,
4490 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
4491 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
4492 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
4493
4494 @node Data Modification Times
4495 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Data Modification Times
4496
4497 @cindex Data modification times of extracted files
4498 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
4499 Normally, @command{tar} sets the data modification times of extracted
4500 files to the corresponding times recorded for the files in the archive, but
4501 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
4502 setting.
4503
4504 To set the data modification times of extracted files to the time when
4505 the files were extracted, use the @option{--touch} (@option{-m}) option in
4506 conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
4507
4508 @table @option
4509 @opindex touch
4510 @item --touch
4511 @itemx -m
4512 Sets the data modification time of extracted archive members to the time
4513 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
4514 Use in conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
4515 @end table
4516
4517 @node Setting Access Permissions
4518 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
4519
4520 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
4521 @cindex Modes of extracted files
4522 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
4523 recorded for those files in the archive, use @option{--same-permissions}
4524 in conjunction with the @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
4525 @option{-x}) operation. @FIXME{Should be aliased to ignore-umask.}
4526
4527 @table @option
4528 @opindex preserve-permission
4529 @opindex same-permission
4530 @item --preserve-permission
4531 @itemx --same-permission
4532 @c @itemx --ignore-umask
4533 @itemx -p
4534 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
4535 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
4536 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
4537 @end table
4538
4539 @node Writing to Standard Output
4540 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
4541
4542 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
4543 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
4544 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
4545 creating the files on the file system, use @option{--to-stdout} (@option{-O}) in
4546 conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}). This option is useful if you are
4547 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
4548 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
4549 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
4550 found in the archive.
4551
4552 @table @option
4553 @opindex to-stdout
4554 @item --to-stdout
4555 @itemx -O
4556 Writes files to the standard output. Use only in conjunction with
4557 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}). When this option is
4558 used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
4559 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
4560 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
4561 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @option{--list}
4562 (@option{-t}).
4563 @end table
4564
4565 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
4566 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
4567 it. You can use a command like this:
4568
4569 @smallexample
4570 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
4571 @end smallexample
4572
4573 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
4574
4575 @smallexample
4576 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
4577 @end smallexample
4578
4579 Hovewer, @option{--to-command} may be more convenient for use with
4580 multiple files. See the next section.
4581
4582 @node Writing to an External Program
4583 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to an External Program
4584
4585 You can instruct @command{tar} to send the contents of each extracted
4586 file to the standard input of an external program:
4587
4588 @table @option
4589 @opindex to-program
4590 @item --to-program=@var{command}
4591 Extract files and pipe their contents to the standard input of
4592 @var{command}. When this option is used, instead of creating the
4593 files specified, @command{tar} invokes @var{command} and pipes the
4594 contents of the files to its standard output. @var{Command} may
4595 contain command line arguments. The program is executed via
4596 @code{sh -c}. Notice, that @var{command} is executed once for each regular file
4597 extracted. Non-regular files (directories, etc.) are ignored when this
4598 option is used.
4599 @end table
4600
4601 The command can obtain the information about the file it processes
4602 from the following environment variables:
4603
4604 @table @var
4605 @vrindex TAR_FILETYPE, to-command environment
4606 @item TAR_FILETYPE
4607 Type of the file. It is a single letter with the following meaning:
4608
4609 @multitable @columnfractions 0.10 0.90
4610 @item f @tab Regular file
4611 @item d @tab Directory
4612 @item l @tab Symbolic link
4613 @item h @tab Hard link
4614 @item b @tab Block device
4615 @item c @tab Character device
4616 @end multitable
4617
4618 Currently only regular files are supported.
4619
4620 @vrindex TAR_MODE, to-command environment
4621 @item TAR_MODE
4622 File mode, an octal number.
4623
4624 @vrindex TAR_FILENAME, to-command environment
4625 @item TAR_FILENAME
4626 The name of the file.
4627
4628 @vrindex TAR_REALNAME, to-command environment
4629 @item TAR_REALNAME
4630 Name of the file as stored in the archive.
4631
4632 @vrindex TAR_UNAME, to-command environment
4633 @item TAR_UNAME
4634 Name of the file owner.
4635
4636 @vrindex TAR_GNAME, to-command environment
4637 @item TAR_GNAME
4638 Name of the file owner group.
4639
4640 @vrindex TAR_ATIME, to-command environment
4641 @item TAR_ATIME
4642 Time of last access. It is a decimal number, representing seconds
4643 since the epoch. If the archive provides times with nanosecond
4644 precision, the nanoseconds are appended to the timestamp after a
4645 decimal point.
4646
4647 @vrindex TAR_MTIME, to-command environment
4648 @item TAR_MTIME
4649 Time of last modification.
4650
4651 @vrindex TAR_CTIME, to-command environment
4652 @item TAR_CTIME
4653 Time of last status change.
4654
4655 @vrindex TAR_SIZE, to-command environment
4656 @item TAR_SIZE
4657 Size of the file.
4658
4659 @vrindex TAR_UID, to-command environment
4660 @item TAR_UID
4661 UID of the file owner.
4662
4663 @vrindex TAR_GID, to-command environment
4664 @item TAR_GID
4665 GID of the file owner.
4666 @end table
4667
4668 In addition to these variables, @env{TAR_VERSION} contains the
4669 @GNUTAR{} version number.
4670
4671 If @var{command} exits with a non-0 status, @command{tar} will print
4672 an error message similar to the following:
4673
4674 @smallexample
4675 tar: 2345: Child returned status 1
4676 @end smallexample
4677
4678 Here, @samp{2345} is the PID of the finished process.
4679
4680 If this behavior is not wanted, use @option{--ignore-command-error}:
4681
4682 @table @option
4683 @opindex ignore-command-error
4684 @item --ignore-command-error
4685 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. Notice that if the program
4686 exits on signal or otherwise terminates abnormally, the error message
4687 will be printed even if this option is used.
4688
4689 @opindex no-ignore-command-error
4690 @item --no-ignore-command-error
4691 Cancel the effect of any previous @option{--ignore-command-error}
4692 option. This option is useful if you have set
4693 @option{--ignore-command-error} in @env{TAR_OPTIONS}
4694 (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to temporarily cancel it.
4695 @end table
4696
4697 @node remove files
4698 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
4699
4700 @FIXME{the various macros in the front of the manual think that this
4701 option goes in this section. i have no idea; i only know it's nowhere
4702 else in the book...}
4703
4704 @table @option
4705 @opindex remove-files
4706 @item --remove-files
4707 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
4708 @end table
4709
4710 @node Scarce
4711 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
4712 @UNREVISED
4713
4714 @cindex Small memory
4715 @cindex Running out of space
4716
4717 @menu
4718 * Starting File::
4719 * Same Order::
4720 @end menu
4721
4722 @node Starting File
4723 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
4724
4725 @table @option
4726 @opindex starting-file
4727 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
4728 @itemx -K @var{name}
4729 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
4730 with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}) or @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
4731 @end table
4732
4733 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
4734 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
4735 space, you can use @option{--starting-file=@var{name}} (@option{-K
4736 @var{name}}) to start extracting only after member @var{name} of the
4737 archive. This assumes, of course, that there is now free space, or
4738 that you are now extracting into a different file system. (You could
4739 also choose to suspend @command{tar}, remove unnecessary files from
4740 the file system, and then restart the same @command{tar} operation.
4741 In this case, @option{--starting-file} is not necessary.
4742 @xref{Incremental Dumps}, @xref{interactive}, and @ref{exclude}.)
4743
4744 @node Same Order
4745 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
4746
4747 @table @option
4748 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
4749 @opindex same-order
4750 @opindex preserve-order
4751 @item --same-order
4752 @itemx --preserve-order
4753 @itemx -s
4754 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
4755 memory. Use in conjunction with @option{--compare} (@option{--diff},
4756 @option{-d}), @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or @option{--extract}
4757 (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
4758 @end table
4759
4760 The @option{--same-order} (@option{--preserve-order}, @option{-s}) option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
4761 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
4762 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
4763 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
4764 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
4765 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
4766
4767 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
4768
4769 @node backup
4770 @section Backup options
4771
4772 @cindex backup options
4773
4774 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
4775 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
4776 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
4777 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
4778 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
4779 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
4780
4781 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
4782 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
4783 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
4784 has having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
4785 (This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
4786 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.)
4787 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
4788 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
4789 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
4790 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
4791
4792 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
4793 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
4794 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
4795 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
4796 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
4797 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
4798 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
4799 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
4800 refers to a remote file.
4801
4802 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
4803 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
4804 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
4805 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
4806 file are kept.
4807
4808 @table @samp
4809 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
4810 @opindex backup
4811 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
4812 @cindex backups
4813 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
4814 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
4815
4816 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
4817 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
4818 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
4819 use the @samp{existing} method.
4820
4821 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
4822 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
4823 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
4824 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
4825
4826 @table @samp
4827 @item t
4828 @itemx numbered
4829 @cindex numbered @r{backup method}
4830 Always make numbered backups.
4831
4832 @item nil
4833 @itemx existing
4834 @cindex existing @r{backup method}
4835 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
4836 of the others.
4837
4838 @item never
4839 @itemx simple
4840 @cindex simple @r{backup method}
4841 Always make simple backups.
4842
4843 @end table
4844
4845 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
4846 @opindex suffix
4847 @cindex backup suffix
4848 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
4849 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @option{--backup}. If this
4850 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
4851 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
4852 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
4853
4854 @end table
4855
4856 Some people express the desire to @emph{always} use the @option{--backup}
4857 option, by defining some kind of alias or script. This is not as easy
4858 as one may think, due to the fact that old style options should appear first
4859 and consume arguments a bit unpredictably for an alias or script. But,
4860 if you are ready to give up using old style options, you may resort to
4861 using something like (a Bourne shell function here):
4862
4863 @smallexample
4864 tar () @{ /usr/local/bin/tar --backup $*; @}
4865 @end smallexample
4866
4867 @node Applications
4868 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
4869 @UNREVISED
4870
4871 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
4872 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
4873 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
4874
4875 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
4876
4877 @findex uuencode
4878 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
4879 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
4880 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
4881 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
4882 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
4883 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
4884 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
4885 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
4886
4887 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
4888 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
4889 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
4890 medium is a @dfn{pipe}, which is one a Unix redirection mechanism:
4891
4892 @smallexample
4893 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
4894 @end smallexample
4895
4896 @noindent
4897 The command also works using short option forms:
4898
4899 @smallexample
4900 $ @w{@kbd{cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}}
4901 @end smallexample
4902
4903 @noindent
4904 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
4905
4906 @node looking ahead
4907 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
4908
4909 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
4910 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
4911 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
4912 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
4913 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
4914 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
4915 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
4916 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
4917 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
4918 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
4919
4920 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
4921 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
4922 @xref{files}.
4923
4924 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
4925 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
4926
4927 @node Backups
4928 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
4929 @UNREVISED
4930
4931 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts
4932 which the Free Software Foundation uses for performing backups. There
4933 is no corresponding scripts available yet for doing restoration of
4934 files. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be satisfying
4935 to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
4936 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
4937 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
4938
4939 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
4940 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
4941 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
4942 This is free software, and it is available at these places:
4943
4944 @smallexample
4945 http://www.cs.umd.edu/projects/amanda/amanda.html
4946 ftp://ftp.cs.umd.edu/pub/amanda
4947 @end smallexample
4948
4949 @FIXME{
4950
4951 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
4952 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
4953 distribution.
4954
4955 @itemize @bullet
4956 @item dumps
4957 @itemize @minus
4958 @item what are dumps
4959 @item different levels of dumps
4960 @itemize +
4961 @item full dump = dump everything
4962 @item level 1, level 2 dumps etc
4963 A level @var{n} dump dumps everything changed since the last level
4964 @var{n}-1 dump (?)
4965 @end itemize
4966 @item how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
4967 @itemize +
4968 @item scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
4969 @end itemize
4970 @item Backup Specs, what is it.
4971 @itemize +
4972 @item how to customize
4973 @item actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
4974 @end itemize
4975 @item Problems
4976 @itemize +
4977 @item rsh doesn't work
4978 @item rtape isn't installed
4979 @item (others?)
4980 @end itemize
4981 @item the @option{--incremental} option of tar
4982 @item tapes
4983 @itemize +
4984 @item write protection
4985 @item types of media, different sizes and types, useful for different things
4986 @item files and tape marks
4987 one tape mark between files, two at end.
4988 @item positioning the tape
4989 MT writes two at end of write,
4990 backspaces over one when writing again.
4991 @end itemize
4992 @end itemize
4993 @end itemize
4994 }
4995
4996 This chapter documents both the provided shell scripts and @command{tar}
4997 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
4998
4999 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
5000 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
5001 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
5002 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
5003 called @dfn{dumps}.
5004
5005 @menu
5006 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
5007 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
5008 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
5009 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
5010 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
5011 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
5012 @end menu
5013
5014 @node Full Dumps
5015 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
5016 @UNREVISED
5017
5018 @cindex full dumps
5019 @cindex dumps, full
5020
5021 @cindex corrupted archives
5022 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
5023 are modifying files in the file system. If files are modified while
5024 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
5025 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
5026 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
5027 not corrupt the entire archive.)
5028
5029 You will want to use the @option{--label=@var{archive-label}}
5030 (@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) option to give the archive a
5031 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
5032 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
5033
5034 Unless the file system you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
5035 one volume, you will need to use the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option.
5036 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
5037
5038 If you want to dump each file system separately you will need to use
5039 the @option{--one-file-system} (@option{-l}) option to prevent
5040 @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when storing
5041 (sub)directories.
5042
5043 The @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) (@pxref{Incremental Dumps})
5044 option is not needed, since this is a complete copy of everything in
5045 the file system, and a full restore from this backup would only be
5046 done onto a completely
5047 empty disk.
5048
5049 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
5050 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @option{--verify} (@option{-W})
5051 option, to make sure your files really made it onto the dump properly.
5052 This will also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just
5053 after) it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes)
5054 are capable of being verified, unfortunately.
5055
5056 @node Incremental Dumps
5057 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
5058
5059 @dfn{Incremental backup} is a special form of @GNUTAR{} archive that
5060 stores additional metadata so that exact state of the file system
5061 can be restored when extracting the archive.
5062
5063 @GNUTAR{} currently offers two options for handling incremental
5064 backups: @option{--listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}} (@option{-g
5065 @var{snapshot-file}}) and @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}).
5066
5067 @opindex listed-incremental
5068 The option @option{--listed-incremental} instructs tar to operate on
5069 an incremental archive with additional metadata stored in a standalone
5070 file, called a @dfn{snapshot file}. The purpose of this file is to help
5071 determine which files have been changed, added or deleted since the
5072 last backup, so that the next incremental backup will contain only
5073 modified files. The name of the snapshot file is given as an argument
5074 to the option:
5075
5076 @table @option
5077 @item --listed-incremental=@var{file}
5078 @itemx -g @var{file}
5079 Handle incremental backups with snapshot data in @var{file}.
5080 @end table
5081
5082 To create an incremental backup, you would use
5083 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--create}
5084 (@pxref{create}). For example:
5085
5086 @smallexample
5087 $ @kbd{tar --create \
5088 --file=archive.1.tar \
5089 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
5090 /usr}
5091 @end smallexample
5092
5093 This will create in @file{archive.1.tar} an incremental backup of
5094 the @file{/usr} file system, storing additional metadata in the file
5095 @file{/var/log/usr.snar}. If this file does not exist, it will be
5096 created. The created archive will then be a @dfn{level 0 backup};
5097 please see the next section for more on backup levels.
5098
5099 Otherwise, if the file @file{/var/log/usr.snar} exists, it
5100 determines which files are modified. In this case only these files will be
5101 stored in the archive. Suppose, for example, that after running the
5102 above command, you delete file @file{/usr/doc/old} and create
5103 directory @file{/usr/local/db} with the following contents:
5104
5105 @smallexample
5106 $ @kbd{ls /usr/local/db}
5107 /usr/local/db/data
5108 /usr/local/db/index
5109 @end smallexample
5110
5111 Some time later you create another incremental backup. You will
5112 then see:
5113
5114 @smallexample
5115 $ @kbd{tar --create \
5116 --file=archive.2.tar \
5117 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
5118 /usr}
5119 tar: usr/local/db: Directory is new
5120 usr/local/db/
5121 usr/local/db/data
5122 usr/local/db/index
5123 @end smallexample
5124
5125 @noindent
5126 The created archive @file{archive.2.tar} will contain only these
5127 three members. This archive is called a @dfn{level 1 backup}. Notice
5128 that @file{/var/log/usr.snar} will be updated with the new data, so if
5129 you plan to create more @samp{level 1} backups, it is necessary to
5130 create a working copy of the snapshot file before running
5131 @command{tar}. The above example will then be modified as follows:
5132
5133 @smallexample
5134 $ @kbd{cp /var/log/usr.snar /var/log/usr.snar-1}
5135 $ @kbd{tar --create \
5136 --file=archive.2.tar \
5137 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-1 \
5138 /usr}
5139 @end smallexample
5140
5141 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
5142 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.,
5143 with the @option{--atime-preserve=replace} option), or if you set the clock
5144 backwards.
5145
5146 Metadata stored in snapshot files include device numbers, which,
5147 obviously is supposed to be a non-volatile value. However, it turns
5148 out that NFS devices have undependable values when an automounter
5149 gets in the picture. This can lead to a great deal of spurious
5150 redumping in incremental dumps, so it is somewhat useless to compare
5151 two NFS devices numbers over time. The solution implemented currently
5152 is to considers all NFS devices as being equal when it comes to
5153 comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but there does not seem
5154 to be a better way to go.
5155
5156 Note that incremental archives use @command{tar} extensions and may
5157 not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the @command{tar} program.
5158
5159 @opindex listed-incremental, using with @option{--extract}
5160 @opindex extract, using with @option{--listed-incremental}
5161 To extract from the incremental dumps, use
5162 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--extract}
5163 option (@pxref{extracting files}). In this case, @command{tar} does
5164 not need to access snapshot file, since all the data necessary for
5165 extraction are stored in the archive itself. So, when extracting, you
5166 can give whatever argument to @option{--listed-incremental}, the usual
5167 practice is to use @option{--listed-incremental=/dev/null}.
5168 Alternatively, you can use @option{--incremental}, which needs no
5169 arguments. In general, @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) can be
5170 used as a shortcut for @option{--listed-incremental} when listing or
5171 extracting incremental backups (for more information, regarding this
5172 option, @pxref{incremental-op}).
5173
5174 When extracting from the incremental backup @GNUTAR{} attempts to
5175 restore the exact state the file system had when the archive was
5176 created. In particular, it will @emph{delete} those files in the file
5177 system that did not exist in their directories when the archive was
5178 created. If you have created several levels of incremental files,
5179 then in order to restore the exact contents the file system had when
5180 the last level was created, you will need to restore from all backups
5181 in turn. Continuing our example, to restore the state of @file{/usr}
5182 file system, one would do@footnote{Notice, that since both archives
5183 were created withouth @option{-P} option (@pxref{absolute}), these
5184 commands should be run from the root file system.}:
5185
5186 @smallexample
5187 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
5188 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
5189 --file archive.1.tar}
5190 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
5191 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
5192 --file archive.2.tar}
5193 @end smallexample
5194
5195 To list the contents of an incremental archive, use @option{--list}
5196 (@pxref{list}), as usual. To obtain more information about the
5197 archive, use @option{--listed-incremental} or @option{--incremental}
5198 combined with two @option{--verbose} options@footnote{Two
5199 @option{--verbose} options were selected to avoid breaking usual
5200 verbose listing output (@option{--list --verbose}) when using in
5201 scripts.
5202
5203 @opindex incremental, using with @option{--list}
5204 @opindex listed-incremental, using with @option{--list}
5205 @opindex list, using with @option{--incremental}
5206 @opindex list, using with @option{--listed-incremental}
5207 Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1 used to dump verbatim binary
5208 contents of the DUMPDIR header (with terminating nulls) when
5209 @option{--incremental} or @option{--listed-incremental} option was
5210 given, no matter what the verbosity level. This behavior, and,
5211 especially, the binary output it produced were considered incovenient
5212 and were changed in version 1.16}:
5213
5214 @smallexample
5215 @kbd{tar --list --incremental --verbose --verbose archive.tar}
5216 @end smallexample
5217
5218 This command will print, for each directory in the archive, the list
5219 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
5220 information is put out in a format which is both human-readable and
5221 unambiguous for a program: each file name is printed as
5222
5223 @smallexample
5224 @var{x} @var{file}
5225 @end smallexample
5226
5227 @noindent
5228 where @var{x} is a letter describing the status of the file: @samp{Y}
5229 if the file is present in the archive, @samp{N} if the file is not
5230 included in the archive, or a @samp{D} if the file is a directory (and
5231 is included in the archive).@FIXME-xref{dumpdir format}. Each such
5232 line is terminated by a newline character. The last line is followed
5233 by an additional newline to indicate the end of the data.
5234
5235 @anchor{incremental-op}The option @option{--incremental} (@option{-G})
5236 gives the same behavior as @option{--listed-incremental} when used
5237 with @option{--list} and @option{--extract} options. When used with
5238 @option{--create} option, it creates an incremental archive without
5239 creating snapshot file. Thus, it is impossible to create several
5240 levels of incremental backups with @option{--incremental} option.
5241
5242 @node Backup Levels
5243 @section Levels of Backups
5244
5245 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
5246 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
5247 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
5248 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
5249 are daily re-archived.
5250
5251 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
5252 files between full dumps, you can use @dfn{incremental dumps}. A @dfn{level
5253 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
5254 dump.
5255
5256 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
5257 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
5258 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
5259 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
5260 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
5261 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
5262 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
5263 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble).
5264
5265 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
5266 and level-one (actually, even level-two and so on) dumps. Using
5267 scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and restoration is a
5268 convenient and reliable alternative to typing out file name lists
5269 and @command{tar} commands by hand.
5270
5271 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
5272 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
5273 scripts and by the restore script. This file is usually located
5274 in @file{/etc/backup} directory. @xref{Backup Parameters}, for its
5275 detailed description. Once the backup parameters are set, you can
5276 perform backups or restoration by running the appropriate script.
5277
5278 The name of the backup script is @code{backup}. The name of the
5279 restore script is @code{restore}. The following sections describe
5280 their use in detail.
5281
5282 @emph{Please Note:} The backup and restoration scripts are
5283 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
5284 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
5285 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
5286 it is easier to use the scripts. @xref{Incremental Dumps}, before
5287 making such an attempt.
5288
5289 @node Backup Parameters
5290 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
5291
5292 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
5293 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
5294 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
5295 before using these scripts.
5296
5297 Syntactically, @file{backup-specs} is a shell script, containing
5298 mainly variable assignments. However, any valid shell construct
5299 is allowed in this file. Particularly, you may wish to define
5300 functions within that script (e.g., see @code{RESTORE_BEGIN} below).
5301 For more information about shell script syntax, please refer to
5302 @url{http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#ta
5303 g_02, the definition of the Shell Command Language}. See also
5304 @ref{Top,,Bash Features,bashref,Bash Reference Manual}.
5305
5306 The shell variables controlling behavior of @code{backup} and
5307 @code{restore} are described in the following subsections.
5308
5309 @menu
5310 * General-Purpose Variables::
5311 * Magnetic Tape Control::
5312 * User Hooks::
5313 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5314 @end menu
5315
5316 @node General-Purpose Variables
5317 @subsection General-Purpose Variables
5318
5319 @defvr {Backup variable} ADMINISTRATOR
5320 The user name of the backup administrator. @code{Backup} scripts
5321 sends a backup report to this address.
5322 @end defvr
5323
5324 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_HOUR
5325 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
5326 to 23, or the time specification in form @var{hours}:@var{minutes},
5327 or the string @samp{now}.
5328
5329 This variable is used by @code{backup}. Its value may be overridden
5330 using @option{--time} option (@pxref{Scripted Backups}).
5331 @end defvr
5332
5333 @defvr {Backup variable} TAPE_FILE
5334
5335 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. If @var{TAPE_FILE}
5336 is a remote archive (@pxref{remote-dev}), backup script will suppose
5337 that your @command{mt} is able to access remote devices. If @var{RSH}
5338 (@pxref{RSH}) is set, @option{--rsh-command} option will be added to
5339 invocations of @command{mt}.
5340 @end defvr
5341
5342 @defvr {Backup variable} BLOCKING
5343
5344 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
5345 @xref{Blocking Factor}.
5346 @end defvr
5347
5348 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_DIRS
5349
5350 A list of file systems to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
5351 (for @code{restore}). You can include any directory
5352 name in the list --- subdirectories on that file system will be
5353 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
5354 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
5355
5356 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
5357 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
5358 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
5359 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
5360 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
5361 machine where the scripts are run (ie. what @command{pwd} will print
5362 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
5363 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
5364 host as long as it can access the file system through NFS.
5365
5366 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to put it
5367 in a separate file. This file is usually named
5368 @file{/etc/backup/dirs}, but this name may be overridden in
5369 @file{backup-specs} using @code{DIRLIST} variable.
5370 @end defvr
5371
5372 @defvr {Backup variable} DIRLIST
5373
5374 A path to the file containing the list of the file systems to backup
5375 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/dirs}.
5376 @end defvr
5377
5378 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_FILES
5379
5380 A list of individual files to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
5381 (for @code{restore}). These should be accessible from the machine on
5382 which the backup script is run.
5383
5384 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to store it
5385 in a separate file. This file is usually named
5386 @file{/etc/backup/files}, but this name may be overridden in
5387 @file{backup-specs} using @code{FILELIST} variable.
5388 @end defvr
5389
5390 @defvr {Backup variable} FILELIST
5391
5392 A path to the file containing the list of the individual files to backup
5393 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/files}.
5394 @end defvr
5395
5396 @defvr {Backup variable} MT
5397
5398 Full file name of @command{mt} binary.
5399 @end defvr
5400
5401 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH
5402 @anchor{RSH}
5403 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary or its equivalent. You may wish to
5404 set it to @code{ssh}, to improve security. In this case you will have
5405 to use public key authentication.
5406 @end defvr
5407
5408 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH_COMMAND
5409
5410 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary on remote mashines. This will
5411 be passed via @option{--rsh-command} option to the remote invocation
5412 of @GNUTAR{}.
5413 @end defvr
5414
5415 @defvr {Backup variable} VOLNO_FILE
5416
5417 Name of temporary file to hold volume numbers. This needs to be accessible
5418 by all the machines which have file systems to be dumped.
5419 @end defvr
5420
5421 @defvr {Backup variable} XLIST
5422
5423 Name of @dfn{exclude file list}. An @dfn{exclude file list} is a file
5424 located on the remote machine and containing the list of files to
5425 be excluded from the backup. Exclude file lists are searched in
5426 /etc/tar-backup directory. A common use for exclude file lists
5427 is to exclude files containing security-sensitive information
5428 (e.g., @file{/etc/shadow} from backups).
5429
5430 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5431 @end defvr
5432
5433 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_TIME
5434
5435 Time to sleep between dumps of any two successive file systems
5436
5437 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5438 @end defvr
5439
5440 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT
5441
5442 Script to be run when it's time to insert a new tape in for the next
5443 volume. Administrators may want to tailor this script for their site.
5444 If this variable isn't set, @GNUTAR{} will display its built-in prompt
5445 @FIXME-xref{describe it somewhere!}, and will expect confirmation from
5446 the console.
5447 @end defvr
5448
5449 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_MESSAGE
5450
5451 Message to display on the terminal while waiting for dump time. Usually
5452 this will just be some literal text.
5453 @end defvr
5454
5455 @defvr {Backup variable} TAR
5456
5457 Full file name of the @GNUTAR{} executable. If this is not set, backup
5458 scripts will search @command{tar} in the current shell path.
5459 @end defvr
5460
5461 @node Magnetic Tape Control
5462 @subsection Magnetic Tape Control
5463
5464 Backup scripts access tape device using special @dfn{hook functions}.
5465 These functions take a single argument -- the name of the tape
5466 device. Their names are kept in the following variables:
5467
5468 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_BEGIN
5469 The name of @dfn{begin} function. This function is called before
5470 accessing the drive. By default it retensions the tape:
5471
5472 @smallexample
5473 MT_BEGIN=mt_begin
5474
5475 mt_begin() @{
5476 mt -f "$1" retension
5477 @}
5478 @end smallexample
5479 @end defvr
5480
5481 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_REWIND
5482 The name of @dfn{rewind} function. The default definition is as
5483 follows:
5484
5485 @smallexample
5486 MT_REWIND=mt_rewind
5487
5488 mt_rewind() @{
5489 mt -f "$1" rewind
5490 @}
5491 @end smallexample
5492
5493 @end defvr
5494
5495 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_OFFLINE
5496 The name of the function switching the tape off line. By default
5497 it is defined as follows:
5498
5499 @smallexample
5500 MT_OFFLINE=mt_offline
5501
5502 mt_offline() @{
5503 mt -f "$1" offl
5504 @}
5505 @end smallexample
5506 @end defvr
5507
5508 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_STATUS
5509 The name of the function used to obtain the status of the archive device,
5510 including error count. Default definition:
5511
5512 @smallexample
5513 MT_STATUS=mt_status
5514
5515 mt_status() @{
5516 mt -f "$1" status
5517 @}
5518 @end smallexample
5519 @end defvr
5520
5521 @node User Hooks
5522 @subsection User Hooks
5523
5524 @dfn{User hooks} are shell functions executed before and after
5525 each @command{tar} invocation. Thus, there are @dfn{backup
5526 hooks}, which are executed before and after dumping each file
5527 system, and @dfn{restore hooks}, executed before and
5528 after restoring a file system. Each user hook is a shell function
5529 taking four arguments:
5530
5531 @deffn {User Hook Function} hook @var{level} @var{host} @var{fs} @var{fsname}
5532 Its arguments are:
5533
5534 @table @var
5535 @item level
5536 Current backup or restore level.
5537
5538 @item host
5539 Name or IP address of the host machine being dumped or restored.
5540
5541 @item fs
5542 Full path name to the file system being dumped or restored.
5543
5544 @item fsname
5545 File system name with directory separators replaced with colons. This
5546 is useful, e.g., for creating unique files.
5547 @end table
5548 @end deffn
5549
5550 Following variables keep the names of user hook functions
5551
5552 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_BEGIN
5553 Dump begin function. It is executed before dumping the file system.
5554 @end defvr
5555
5556 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_END
5557 Executed after dumping the file system.
5558 @end defvr
5559
5560 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_BEGIN
5561 Executed before restoring the file system.
5562 @end defvr
5563
5564 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_END
5565 Executed after restoring the file system.
5566 @end defvr
5567
5568 @node backup-specs example
5569 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5570
5571 The following is an example of @file{backup-specs}:
5572
5573 @smallexample
5574 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
5575
5576 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
5577 BACKUP_HOUR=1
5578 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
5579
5580 # Use @code{ssh} instead of the less secure @code{rsh}
5581 RSH=/usr/bin/ssh
5582 RSH_COMMAND=/usr/bin/ssh
5583
5584 # Override MT_STATUS function:
5585 my_status() @{
5586 mts -t $TAPE_FILE
5587 @}
5588 MT_STATUS=my_status
5589
5590 # Disable MT_OFFLINE function
5591 MT_OFFLINE=:
5592
5593 BLOCKING=124
5594 BACKUP_DIRS="
5595 albert:/fs/fsf
5596 apple-gunkies:/gd
5597 albert:/fs/gd2
5598 albert:/fs/gp
5599 geech:/usr/jla
5600 churchy:/usr/roland
5601 albert:/
5602 albert:/usr
5603 apple-gunkies:/
5604 apple-gunkies:/usr
5605 gnu:/hack
5606 gnu:/u
5607 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
5608 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
5609
5610 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
5611
5612 @end smallexample
5613
5614 @node Scripted Backups
5615 @section Using the Backup Scripts
5616
5617 The syntax for running a backup script is:
5618
5619 @smallexample
5620 backup --level=@var{level} --time=@var{time}
5621 @end smallexample
5622
5623 The @option{level} option requests the dump level. Thus, to produce
5624 a full dump, specify @code{--level=0} (this is the default, so
5625 @option{--level} may be omitted if its value is @code{0}).
5626 @footnote{For backward compatibility, the @code{backup} will also
5627 try to deduce the requested dump level from the name of the
5628 script itself. If the name consists of a string @samp{level-}
5629 followed by a single decimal digit, that digit is taken as
5630 the dump level number. Thus, you may create a link from @code{backup}
5631 to @code{level-1} and then run @code{level-1} whenever you need to
5632 create a level one dump.}
5633
5634 The @option{--time} option determines when should the backup be
5635 run. @var{Time} may take three forms:
5636
5637 @table @asis
5638 @item @var{hh}:@var{mm}
5639
5640 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours @var{mm} minutes.
5641
5642 @item @var{hh}
5643
5644 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours
5645
5646 @item now
5647
5648 The dump must be run immediately.
5649 @end table
5650
5651 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
5652 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
5653 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
5654 files --- a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
5655 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
5656 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
5657 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
5658 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive (@pxref{Scripted
5659 Restoration}).
5660
5661 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
5662 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
5663 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
5664 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
5665 them. @xref{Snapshot Files}, for a more detailed explanation of this
5666 file.
5667
5668 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
5669 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
5670 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
5671 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
5672 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
5673 @file{log-@var{mm-dd-yyyy}-level-@var{n}}, where @var{mm-dd-yyyy}
5674 represents current date, and @var{n} represents current dump level number.
5675
5676 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
5677 standard output.
5678
5679 Following is the full list of options accepted by @code{backup}
5680 script:
5681
5682 @table @option
5683 @item -l @var{level}
5684 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5685 Do backup level @var{level} (default 0).
5686
5687 @item -f
5688 @itemx --force
5689 Force backup even if today's log file already exists.
5690
5691 @item -v[@var{level}]
5692 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5693 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5694 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5695 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5696
5697 @item -t @var{start-time}
5698 @itemx --time=@var{start-time}
5699 Wait till @var{time}, then do backup.
5700
5701 @item -h
5702 @itemx --help
5703 Display short help message and exit.
5704
5705 @item -L
5706 @itemx --license
5707 Display program license and exit.
5708
5709 @item -V
5710 @itemx --version
5711 Display program version and exit.
5712 @end table
5713
5714
5715 @node Scripted Restoration
5716 @section Using the Restore Script
5717
5718 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
5719 @code{restore} script. Its usage is quite straightforward. In the
5720 simplest form, invoke @code{restore --all}, it will
5721 then restore all the file systems and files specified in
5722 @file{backup-specs} (@pxref{General-Purpose Variables,BACKUP_DIRS}).
5723
5724 You may select the file systems (and/or files) to restore by
5725 giving @code{restore} list of @dfn{patterns} in its command
5726 line. For example, running
5727
5728 @smallexample
5729 restore 'albert:*'
5730 @end smallexample
5731
5732 @noindent
5733 will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}. A more
5734 complicated example:
5735
5736 @smallexample
5737 restore 'albert:*' '*:/var'
5738 @end smallexample
5739
5740 @noindent
5741 This command will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}
5742 as well as @file{/var} file system on all machines.
5743
5744 By default @code{restore} will start restoring files from the lowest
5745 available dump level (usually zero) and will continue through
5746 all available dump levels. There may be situations where such a
5747 thorough restore is not necessary. For example, you may wish to
5748 restore only files from the recent level one backup. To do so,
5749 use @option{--level} option, as shown in the example below:
5750
5751 @smallexample
5752 restore --level=1
5753 @end smallexample
5754
5755 The full list of options accepted by @code{restore} follows:
5756
5757 @table @option
5758 @item -a
5759 @itemx --all
5760 Restore all file systems and files specified in @file{backup-specs}
5761
5762 @item -l @var{level}
5763 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5764 Start restoring from the given backup level, instead of the default 0.
5765
5766 @item -v[@var{level}]
5767 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5768 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5769 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5770 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5771
5772 @item -h
5773 @itemx --help
5774 Display short help message and exit.
5775
5776 @item -L
5777 @itemx --license
5778 Display program license and exit.
5779
5780 @item -V
5781 @itemx --version
5782 Display program version and exit.
5783 @end table
5784
5785 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
5786 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
5787 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
5788 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
5789 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
5790 the tape as needed. @FIXME-xref{Media, for a discussion of tape
5791 positioning.}
5792
5793 @quotation
5794 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
5795 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
5796 @end quotation
5797
5798 @xref{Incremental Dumps}, for an explanation of how the script makes
5799 that determination.
5800
5801 @node Choosing
5802 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
5803 @UNREVISED
5804
5805 @FIXME{Melissa (still) Doesn't Really Like This ``Intro'' Paragraph!!!}
5806
5807 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
5808 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
5809 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
5810 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
5811 are in specified directories.
5812
5813 @menu
5814 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
5815 * Selecting Archive Members::
5816 * files:: Reading Names from a File
5817 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
5818 * Wildcards::
5819 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
5820 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
5821 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
5822 @end menu
5823
5824 @node file
5825 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
5826 @UNREVISED
5827
5828 @FIXME{should the title of this section actually be, "naming an
5829 archive"?}
5830
5831 @cindex Naming an archive
5832 @cindex Archive Name
5833 @cindex Choosing an archive file
5834 @cindex Where is the archive?
5835 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
5836 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
5837 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
5838 on the system may not set the default to a meaningful value as far as
5839 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
5840 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}})
5841 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
5842 instead of the default archive file location.
5843
5844 @table @option
5845 @opindex file, short description
5846 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
5847 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
5848 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
5849 any operation.
5850 @end table
5851
5852 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
5853
5854 @smallexample
5855 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
5856 @end smallexample
5857
5858 @noindent
5859 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
5860 follow the @option{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @option{-f}
5861 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
5862 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
5863 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
5864 for the archive name.
5865
5866 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
5867 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
5868 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
5869
5870 @cindex Writing new archives
5871 @cindex Archive creation
5872 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
5873 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
5874 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
5875 name, usually that for tape unit zero (ie. @file{/dev/tu00}).
5876 @command{tar} always needs an archive name.
5877
5878 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
5879 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
5880 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
5881 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
5882 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
5883 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
5884
5885 @FIXME{might want a different example here; this is already used in
5886 "notable tar usages".}
5887
5888 @smallexample
5889 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5890 @end smallexample
5891
5892 @FIXME{help!}
5893
5894 @cindex Standard input and output
5895 @cindex tar to standard input and output
5896 @anchor{remote-dev}
5897 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
5898 use the following:
5899
5900 @smallexample
5901 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}
5902 @end smallexample
5903
5904 @noindent
5905 @command{tar} will complete the remote connection, if possible, and
5906 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
5907 @option{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}, @command{tar}
5908 will complete the remote connection, if possible, using your username
5909 as the username on the remote machine.
5910
5911 @cindex Local and remote archives
5912 @anchor{local and remote archives}
5913 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
5914 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
5915 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
5916 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
5917 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
5918 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
5919 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
5920 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
5921 have the @file{rmt} program installed (This command is included in
5922 the @GNUTAR{} distribution and by default is installed under
5923 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, were @var{prefix} means your
5924 installation prefix). If you need to use a file whose name includes a
5925 colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
5926 can be inhibited by using the @option{--force-local} option.
5927
5928 @FIXME{i know we went over this yesterday, but bob (and now i do again,
5929 too) thinks it's out of the middle of nowhere. it doesn't seem to tie
5930 into what came before it well enough <<i moved it now, is it better
5931 here?>>. bob also comments that if Amanda isn't free software, we
5932 shouldn't mention it..}
5933
5934 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
5935 tries to minimize input and output operations. The
5936 Amanda backup system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has
5937 an initial sizing pass which uses this feature.
5938
5939 @node Selecting Archive Members
5940 @section Selecting Archive Members
5941 @cindex Specifying files to act on
5942 @cindex Specifying archive members
5943
5944 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
5945 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
5946 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
5947 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
5948
5949 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
5950 the command line, as follows:
5951 @smallexample
5952 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
5953 @end smallexample
5954
5955 If a file name begins with dash (@samp{-}), preceede it with
5956 @option{--add-file} option to preventit from being treated as an
5957 option.
5958
5959 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
5960 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
5961
5962 If you do not specify files when @command{tar} is invoked with
5963 @option{--create} (@option{-c}), @command{tar} operates on all the non-directory files in
5964 the working directory. If you specify either @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or
5965 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}), @command{tar} operates on all the archive members in the
5966 archive. If you specify any operation other than one of these three,
5967 @command{tar} does nothing.
5968
5969 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
5970 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
5971 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
5972 operate. @FIXME{add xref here}In general, these methods work both for
5973 specifying the names of files and archive members.
5974
5975 @node files
5976 @section Reading Names from a File
5977
5978 @cindex Reading file names from a file
5979 @cindex Lists of file names
5980 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
5981 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
5982 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
5983 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}}) option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the file
5984 which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
5985 @option{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
5986 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
5987 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
5988
5989 @table @option
5990 @opindex files-from
5991 @item --files-from=@var{file name}
5992 @itemx -T @var{file name}
5993 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file name}.
5994 @end table
5995
5996 If you give a single dash as a file name for @option{--files-from}, (i.e.,
5997 you specify either @code{--files-from=-} or @code{-T -}), then the file
5998 names are read from standard input.
5999
6000 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @option{--create}, you can not use
6001 both @code{--files-from=-} and @code{--file=-} (@code{-f -}) in the same
6002 command.
6003
6004 Any number of @option{-T} options can be given in the command line.
6005
6006 @FIXME{add bob's example, from his message on 2-10-97}
6007
6008 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
6009 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
6010 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @option{-T} option to
6011 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
6012 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @option{-z} option to
6013 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
6014 more information.)
6015
6016 @smallexample
6017 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
6018 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
6019 @end smallexample
6020
6021 @noindent
6022 In the file list given by @option{-T} option, any file name beginning
6023 with @samp{-} character is considered a @command{tar} option and is
6024 processed accordingly.@footnote{Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1
6025 recognized only @option{-C} option in file lists, and only if the
6026 option and its argument occupied two consecutive lines.} For example,
6027 the common use of this feature is to change to another directory by
6028 specifying @option{-C} option:
6029
6030 @smallexample
6031 @group
6032 $ @kbd{cat list}
6033 -C/etc
6034 passwd
6035 hosts
6036 -C/lib
6037 libc.a
6038 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
6039 @end group
6040 @end smallexample
6041
6042 @noindent
6043 In this example, @command{tar} will first switch to @file{/etc}
6044 directory and add files @file{passwd} and @file{hosts} to the
6045 archive. Then it will change to @file{/lib} directory and will archive
6046 the file @file{libc.a}. Thus, the resulting archive @file{foo.tar} will
6047 contain:
6048
6049 @smallexample
6050 @group
6051 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
6052 passwd
6053 hosts
6054 libc.a
6055 @end group
6056 @end smallexample
6057
6058 @noindent
6059 @opindex directory, using in @option{--files-from} argument
6060 Notice that the option parsing algorithm used with @option{-T} is
6061 stricter than the one used by shell. Namely, when specifying option
6062 arguments, you should observe the following rules:
6063
6064 @itemize @bullet
6065 @item
6066 When using short (single-letter) option form, its argument must
6067 immediately follow the option letter, without any intervening
6068 whitespace. For example: @code{-Cdir}.
6069
6070 @item
6071 When using long option form, the option argument must be separated
6072 from the option by a single equal sign. No whitespace is allowed on
6073 any side of the equal sign. For example: @code{--directory=dir}.
6074
6075 @item
6076 For both short and long option forms, the option argument can be given
6077 on the next line after the option name, e.g.:
6078
6079 @smallexample
6080 @group
6081 --directory
6082 dir
6083 @end group
6084 @end smallexample
6085
6086 @noindent
6087 and
6088
6089 @smallexample
6090 @group
6091 -C
6092 dir
6093 @end group
6094 @end smallexample
6095 @end itemize
6096
6097 @opindex add-file
6098 If you happen to have a file whose name starts with @samp{-},
6099 precede it with @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from
6100 being recognized as an option. For example: @code{--add-file --my-file}.
6101
6102 @menu
6103 * nul::
6104 @end menu
6105
6106 @node nul
6107 @subsection @code{NUL} Terminated File Names
6108
6109 @cindex File names, terminated by @code{NUL}
6110 @cindex @code{NUL} terminated file names
6111 The @option{--null} option causes @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}}) to read file
6112 names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so files whose
6113 names contain newlines can be archived using @option{--files-from}.
6114
6115 @table @option
6116 @opindex null
6117 @item --null
6118 Only consider @code{NUL} terminated file names, instead of files that
6119 terminate in a newline.
6120 @end table
6121
6122 The @option{--null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
6123 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
6124 @option{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
6125 @command{tar}, @option{--null} also disables special handling for
6126 file names that begin with dash.
6127
6128 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
6129 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
6130 @file{long-files}. The @option{-print0} option to @command{find} is just
6131 like @option{-print}, except that it separates files with a @code{NUL}
6132 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
6133 @option{--null} and @option{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} get the
6134 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
6135 @file{big.tgz}. The @option{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
6136 @command{tar} to recognize the @code{NUL} separator between files.
6137
6138 @smallexample
6139 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
6140 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
6141 @end smallexample
6142
6143 @FIXME{say anything else here to conclude the section?}
6144
6145 @node exclude
6146 @section Excluding Some Files
6147 @UNREVISED
6148
6149 @cindex File names, excluding files by
6150 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
6151 @cindex Excluding files by file system
6152 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
6153 use the @option{--exclude} or @option{--exclude-from} options.
6154
6155 @table @option
6156 @opindex exclude
6157 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
6158 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
6159 @end table
6160
6161 @findex exclude
6162 The @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} option prevents any file or member whose name
6163 matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from being operated on.
6164 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
6165 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
6166 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
6167
6168 You may give multiple @option{--exclude} options.
6169
6170 @table @option
6171 @opindex exclude-from
6172 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
6173 @itemx -X @var{file}
6174 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
6175 @var{file}.
6176 @end table
6177
6178 @findex exclude-from
6179 Use the @option{--exclude-from} option to read a
6180 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
6181 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
6182 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
6183 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
6184 added to the archive.
6185
6186 @FIXME{do the exclude options files need to have stuff separated by
6187 newlines the same as the files-from option does?}
6188
6189 @table @option
6190 @opindex exclude-caches
6191 @item --exclude-caches
6192 Causes @command{tar} to ignore directories containing a cache directory tag.
6193 @end table
6194
6195 @findex exclude-caches
6196 When creating an archive, the @option{--exclude-caches} option causes
6197 @command{tar} to exclude all directories that contain a @dfn{cache
6198 directory tag}. A cache directory tag is a short file with the
6199 well-known name @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} and having a standard header
6200 specified in @url{http://www.brynosaurus.com/cachedir/spec.html}.
6201 Various applications write cache directory tags into directories they
6202 use to hold regenerable, non-precious data, so that such data can be
6203 more easily excluded from backups.
6204
6205 @menu
6206 * controlling pattern-matching with exclude::
6207 * problems with exclude::
6208 @end menu
6209
6210 @node controlling pattern-matching with exclude
6211 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching with the @code{exclude} Options
6212
6213 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
6214 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
6215 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
6216 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
6217
6218 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
6219 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
6220 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
6221 before deciding whether to exclude it.
6222
6223 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
6224 below. These options accumulate. For example:
6225
6226 @smallexample
6227 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
6228 @end smallexample
6229
6230 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
6231 @samp{readme}.
6232
6233 @table @option
6234 @opindex anchored
6235 @opindex no-anchored
6236 @item --anchored
6237 @itemx --no-anchored
6238 If anchored, a pattern must match an initial subsequence
6239 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any
6240 subsequence. Default is @option{--no-anchored}.
6241
6242 @opindex ignore-case
6243 @opindex no-ignore-case
6244 @item --ignore-case
6245 @itemx --no-ignore-case
6246 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
6247 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
6248
6249 @opindex wildcards
6250 @opindex no-wildcards
6251 @item --wildcards
6252 @itemx --no-wildcards
6253 When using wildcards (the default), @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and @samp{[...]}
6254 are the usual shell wildcards, and @samp{\} escapes wildcards.
6255 Otherwise, none of these characters are special, and patterns must match
6256 names literally.
6257
6258 @opindex wildcards-match-slash
6259 @opindex no-wildcards-match-slash
6260 @item --wildcards-match-slash
6261 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
6262 When wildcards match slash (the default), a wildcard like @samp{*} in
6263 the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is
6264 matched only by @samp{/}.
6265
6266 @end table
6267
6268 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
6269 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how exclude patterns are interpreted. If
6270 recursion is in effect, a pattern excludes a name if it matches any of
6271 the name's parent directories.
6272
6273 @node problems with exclude
6274 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
6275
6276 @opindex exclude, potential problems with
6277 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
6278 pitfalls:
6279
6280 @itemize @bullet
6281 @item
6282 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a path name
6283 explicitly listed on the command line if one of its file name
6284 components is excluded. In the example above, if
6285 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
6286 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
6287 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
6288
6289 @item
6290 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @option{--exclude} and
6291 @option{--exclude-from}. Be careful: use @option{--exclude} when files
6292 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
6293 @option{--exclude-from} to introduce the name of a file which contains
6294 a list of patterns, one per line; each of these patterns can exclude
6295 zero, one, or many files.
6296
6297 @item
6298 When you use @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}}, be sure to quote the @var{pattern}
6299 parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
6300 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
6301 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
6302 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
6303 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
6304
6305 For example, write:
6306
6307 @smallexample
6308 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
6309 @end smallexample
6310
6311 @noindent
6312 rather than:
6313
6314 @smallexample
6315 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
6316 @end smallexample
6317
6318 @item
6319 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
6320 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
6321 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
6322 might fail.
6323
6324 @item
6325 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
6326 @option{--exclude-from} option was called @option{--exclude} instead.
6327 Now, @option{--exclude} applies to patterns listed on the command
6328 line and @option{--exclude-from} applies to patterns listed in a
6329 file.
6330
6331 @end itemize
6332
6333 @node Wildcards
6334 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
6335
6336 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
6337 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
6338 existing files matching the given pattern. However, @command{tar} often
6339 uses wildcard patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members instead
6340 of actual files in the file system. Wildcard patterns are also used for
6341 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
6342 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
6343
6344 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
6345
6346 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
6347 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
6348 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
6349 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
6350 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
6351 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
6352 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
6353 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
6354 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
6355
6356 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
6357 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
6358 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
6359 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
6360 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
6361 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
6362 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
6363 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
6364 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
6365 @emph{last} in a character class.)
6366
6367 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
6368 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
6369 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
6370 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
6371 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
6372 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
6373
6374 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
6375 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
6376 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
6377 @var{e}, inclusive.
6378
6379 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
6380 who don't have dan around.}
6381
6382 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
6383 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
6384 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
6385 string: excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
6386
6387 @node after
6388 @section Operating Only on New Files
6389 @UNREVISED
6390
6391 @cindex Excluding file by age
6392 @cindex Data Modification time, excluding files by
6393 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
6394 @cindex Age, excluding files by
6395 The @option{--after-date=@var{date}} (@option{--newer=@var{date}},
6396 @option{-N @var{date}}) option causes @command{tar} to only work on
6397 files whose data modification or status change times are newer than
6398 the @var{date} given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.},
6399 it is taken to be a file name; the data modification time of that file
6400 is used as the date. If you use this option when creating or appending
6401 to an archive, the archive will only include new files. If you use
6402 @option{--after-date} when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will
6403 only extract files newer than the @var{date} you specify.
6404
6405 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
6406 modification of the file's data (rather than status
6407 changes), then use the @option{--newer-mtime=@var{date}} option.
6408
6409 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
6410 differ from the @option{--update} (@option{-u}) operation in that they
6411 allow you to specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can
6412 compare when deciding whether or not to archive the files.
6413
6414 @table @option
6415 @opindex after-date
6416 @opindex newer
6417 @item --after-date=@var{date}
6418 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
6419 @itemx -N @var{date}
6420 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
6421
6422 Acts on files only if their data modification or status change times are
6423 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
6424
6425 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
6426 name; the data modification time of that file is used as the date.
6427
6428 @opindex newer-mtime
6429 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
6430 Acts like @option{--after-date}, but only looks at data modification times.
6431 @end table
6432
6433 These options limit @command{tar} to operate only on files which have
6434 been modified after the date specified. A file's status is considered to have
6435 changed if its contents have been modified, or if its owner,
6436 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
6437 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
6438 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
6439
6440 Gurus would say that @option{--after-date} tests both the data
6441 modification time (@code{mtime}, the time the contents of the file
6442 were last modified) and the status change time (@code{ctime}, the time
6443 the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc.@:)
6444 fields, while @option{--newer-mtime} tests only the @code{mtime}
6445 field.
6446
6447 To be precise, @option{--after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
6448 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
6449 @var{date}, while @option{--newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
6450 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither does it use @code{atime} (the last time the
6451 contents of the file were looked at).
6452
6453 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
6454 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
6455 arguments.
6456
6457 @FIXME{Need example of --newer-mtime with quoted argument.}
6458
6459 @quotation
6460 @strong{Please Note:} @option{--after-date} and @option{--newer-mtime}
6461 should not be used for incremental backups. Some files (such as those
6462 in renamed directories) are not selected properly by these options.
6463 @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
6464 @end quotation
6465
6466 @noindent
6467 @FIXME{which tells -- need to fill this in!}
6468
6469 @node recurse
6470 @section Descending into Directories
6471 @UNREVISED
6472 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
6473 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
6474 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
6475 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
6476
6477 @FIXME{arrggh! this is still somewhat confusing to me. :-< }
6478
6479 @FIXME{show dan bob's comments, from 2-10-97}
6480
6481 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
6482 those given on the command line or through the @option{--files-from}
6483 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
6484 want @command{tar} to act this way.
6485
6486 @opindex no-recursion
6487 The @option{--no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
6488 into specified directories. If you specify @option{--no-recursion}, you can
6489 use the @command{find} utility for hunting through levels of directories to
6490 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
6491 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
6492 archive; see @ref{files} for more information on using @command{find} with
6493 @command{tar}, or look.
6494
6495 @table @option
6496 @item --no-recursion
6497 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
6498
6499 @opindex recursion
6500 @item --recursion
6501 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
6502 This is the default.
6503 @end table
6504
6505 When you use @option{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
6506 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
6507 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
6508 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
6509 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{! -d}} option
6510 to @command{find} @FIXME{needs more explanation or a cite to another
6511 info file}as they usually do not want all the files in a directory.
6512 They then use the @option{--files-from} option to archive the files
6513 located via @command{find}.
6514
6515 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
6516 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
6517 @option{--same-permissions} (@option{--preserve-permissions},
6518 @option{-p}) option does not affect them---while users might really
6519 like it to. Specifying @option{--no-recursion} is a way to tell
6520 @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
6521 no new files on its own.
6522
6523 The @option{--no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
6524 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
6525 the files under those directories.
6526
6527 The @option{--no-recursion} option also affects how exclude patterns
6528 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}).
6529
6530 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
6531 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
6532 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
6533
6534 @smallexample
6535 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --no-recursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
6536 @end smallexample
6537
6538 @noindent
6539 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
6540 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
6541 other than @file{grape/concord}.
6542
6543 @node one
6544 @section Crossing File System Boundaries
6545 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
6546 @UNREVISED
6547
6548 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
6549 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
6550 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
6551 @option{--one-file-system} (@option{-l}). This option only affects files that are
6552 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
6553 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
6554 or through @option{--files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
6555
6556 @table @option
6557 @opindex one-file-system
6558 @item --one-file-system
6559 @itemx -l
6560 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
6561 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
6562 @end table
6563
6564 The @option{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
6565 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
6566 a directory is not on the same file system as the directory itself, then
6567 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
6568 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
6569 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
6570
6571 It is reported that using this option, the mount point is is archived,
6572 but nothing under it.
6573
6574 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
6575 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
6576 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}), files that are excluded are mentioned by name on the
6577 standard error.
6578
6579 @menu
6580 * directory:: Changing Directory
6581 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
6582 @end menu
6583
6584 @node directory
6585 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
6586 @UNREVISED
6587
6588 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
6589 things around some.}
6590
6591 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
6592 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
6593 @cindex Working directory, specifying
6594 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
6595 either on the command line or in a file specified using
6596 @option{--files-from} (@option{-T}), use @option{--directory} (@option{-C}).
6597 This will change the working directory to the specified directory
6598 after that point in the list.
6599
6600 @table @option
6601 @opindex directory
6602 @item --directory=@var{directory}
6603 @itemx -C @var{directory}
6604 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
6605 @end table
6606
6607 For example,
6608
6609 @smallexample
6610 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
6611 @end smallexample
6612
6613 @noindent
6614 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
6615 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
6616 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
6617 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
6618 store in the same archive.
6619
6620 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
6621 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
6622 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
6623 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
6624 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
6625
6626 Contrast this with the command,
6627
6628 @smallexample
6629 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
6630 @end smallexample
6631
6632 @noindent
6633 which records the third file in the archive under the name
6634 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
6635 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
6636 named @file{orange-colored}.
6637
6638 You can use the @option{--directory} option to make the archive
6639 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
6640 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
6641 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
6642 @file{foo.tar}:
6643
6644 @smallexample
6645 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
6646 @end smallexample
6647
6648 @noindent
6649 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
6650 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
6651 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
6652 directories where those files were located.
6653
6654 Note that @option{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
6655 @option{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
6656 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
6657 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
6658 @option{--directory} option.
6659
6660 When using @option{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put various
6661 @command{tar} options (including @option{-C}) in the file list. Notice,
6662 however, that in this case the option and its argument may not be
6663 separated by whitespace. If you use short option, its argument must
6664 either follow the option letter immediately, without any intervening
6665 whitespace, or occupy the next line. Otherwise, if you use long
6666 option, separate its argument by an equal sign.
6667
6668 For instance, the file list for the above example will be:
6669
6670 @smallexample
6671 @group
6672 -C
6673 /etc
6674 passwd
6675 hosts
6676 -C
6677 /lib
6678 libc.a
6679 @end group
6680 @end smallexample
6681
6682 @noindent
6683 To use it, you would invoke @command{tar} as follows:
6684
6685 @smallexample
6686 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
6687 @end smallexample
6688
6689 Notice also that you can only use the short option variant in the file
6690 list, i.e., always use @option{-C}, not @option{--directory}.
6691
6692 The interpretation of @option{--directory} is disabled by
6693 @option{--null} option.
6694
6695 @node absolute
6696 @subsection Absolute File Names
6697 @UNREVISED
6698
6699 @table @option
6700 @opindex absolute-names
6701 @item --absolute-names
6702 @itemx -P
6703 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
6704 containing a @file{..} file name component.
6705 @end table
6706
6707 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
6708 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
6709 component. This option turns off this behavior.
6710
6711 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
6712 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
6713 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
6714 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
6715 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
6716 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
6717 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
6718 really @file{etc/passwd}.
6719
6720 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
6721 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
6722 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
6723
6724 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
6725 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
6726 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
6727 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
6728 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
6729 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
6730 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
6731 be @file{bin/ls}.@footnote{A side effect of this is that when
6732 @option{--create} is used with @option{--verbose} the resulting output
6733 is not, generally speaking, the same as the one you'd get running
6734 @kbd{tar --list} command. This may be important if you use some
6735 scripts for comparing both outputs. @xref{listing member and file names},
6736 for the information on how to handle this case.}
6737
6738 If you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option,
6739 @command{tar} will do none of these transformations.
6740
6741 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
6742 the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option.
6743
6744 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
6745 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
6746 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
6747
6748 When you specify @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}),
6749 @command{tar} stores file names including all superior directory
6750 names, and preserves leading slashes. If you only invoked
6751 @command{tar} from the root directory you would never need the
6752 @option{--absolute-names} option, but using this option
6753 may be more convenient than switching to root.
6754
6755 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
6756 to transfer files between systems.}
6757
6758 @FIXME{Is write access an issue?}
6759
6760 @table @option
6761 @item --absolute-names
6762 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
6763 archiving files. Preserves leading slash when extracting files.
6764
6765 @end table
6766
6767 @FIXME{this is still horrible; need to talk with dan on monday.}
6768
6769 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
6770 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
6771 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
6772 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
6773
6774 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
6775 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
6776 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
6777
6778 @smallexample
6779 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
6780 @end smallexample
6781
6782 @noindent
6783 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
6784 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
6785 For example:
6786
6787 @smallexample
6788 $ @kbd{(cd / && tar -c -f archive.tar home)}
6789 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
6790 @end smallexample
6791
6792 @include getdate.texi
6793
6794 @node Formats
6795 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
6796
6797 @cindex Tar archive formats
6798 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
6799 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
6800 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
6801
6802 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
6803 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
6804
6805 @table @asis
6806 @item gnu
6807 Format used by @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.13.25. This format derived
6808 from an early @acronym{POSIX} standard, adding some improvements such as
6809 sparse file handling and incremental archives. Unfortunately these
6810 features were implemented in a way incompatible with other archive
6811 formats.
6812
6813 Archives in @samp{gnu} format are able to hold pathnames of unlimited
6814 length.
6815
6816 @item oldgnu
6817 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
6818
6819 @item v7
6820 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar. This
6821 format imposes a number of limitations. The most important of them
6822 are:
6823
6824 @enumerate
6825 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 99 characters.
6826 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link is limited to 99 characters.
6827 @item It is impossible to store special files (block and character
6828 devices, fifos etc.)
6829 @item Maximum value of user or group ID is limited to 2097151 (7777777
6830 octal)
6831 @item V7 archives do not contain symbolic ownership information (user
6832 and group name of the file owner).
6833 @end enumerate
6834
6835 This format has traditionally been used by Automake when producing
6836 Makefiles. This practice will change in the future, in the meantime,
6837 however this means that projects containing filenames more than 99
6838 characters long will not be able to use @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and
6839 Automake prior to 1.9.
6840
6841 @item ustar
6842 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} specification. It stores
6843 symbolic ownership information. It is also able to store
6844 special files. However, it imposes several restrictions as well:
6845
6846 @enumerate
6847 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 256 characters,
6848 provided that the filename can be split at directory separator in
6849 two parts, first of them being at most 155 bytes long. So, in most
6850 cases the maximum file name length will be shorter than 256
6851 characters.
6852 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link name is limited to
6853 100 characters.
6854 @item Maximum size of a file the archive is able to accomodate
6855 is 8GB
6856 @item Maximum value of UID/GID is 2097151.
6857 @item Maximum number of bits in device major and minor numbers is 21.
6858 @end enumerate
6859
6860 @item star
6861 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star}
6862 implementation. @GNUTAR{} is able to read @samp{star} archives but
6863 currently does not produce them.
6864
6865 @item posix
6866 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} specification. This is the
6867 most flexible and feature-rich format. It does not impose any
6868 restrictions on file sizes or filename lengths. This format is quite
6869 recent, so not all tar implementations are able to handle it properly.
6870 However, this format is designed in such a way that any tar
6871 implementation able to read @samp{ustar} archives will be able to read
6872 most @samp{posix} archives as well, with the only exception that any
6873 additional information (such as long file names etc.) will in such
6874 case be extracted as plain text files along with the files it refers to.
6875
6876 This archive format will be the default format for future versions
6877 of @GNUTAR{}.
6878
6879 @end table
6880
6881 The following table summarizes the limitations of each of these
6882 formats:
6883
6884 @multitable @columnfractions .10 .20 .20 .20 .20
6885 @headitem Format @tab UID @tab File Size @tab Path Name @tab Devn
6886 @item gnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6887 @item oldgnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6888 @item v7 @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 99 @tab n/a
6889 @item ustar @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 256 @tab 21
6890 @item posix @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited
6891 @end multitable
6892
6893 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
6894 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
6895 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
6896 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
6897 switch to @samp{posix}.
6898
6899 @menu
6900 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6901 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
6902 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
6903 * Standard:: The Standard Format
6904 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
6905 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
6906 @end menu
6907
6908 @node Portability
6909 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6910
6911 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
6912 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
6913 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
6914 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
6915 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
6916 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
6917 archives more portable.
6918
6919 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
6920 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
6921 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
6922 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
6923
6924 @FIXME{Discuss GNU extensions (incremental backups, multi-volume
6925 archives and archive labels) in GNU and PAX formats.}
6926
6927 @menu
6928 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
6929 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
6930 * old:: Old V7 Archives
6931 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
6932 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
6933 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
6934 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
6935 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
6936 @end menu
6937
6938 @node Portable Names
6939 @subsection Portable Names
6940
6941 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
6942 only ASCII letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
6943 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
6944 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
6945 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
6946 less.
6947
6948 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
6949 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
6950 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
6951 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
6952 than System V's.
6953
6954 @node dereference
6955 @subsection Symbolic Links
6956 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
6957 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
6958
6959 @opindex dereference
6960 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
6961 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
6962 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the file system contents.
6963 @option{--dereference} (@option{-h}) is used with @option{--create} (@option{-c}), and causes
6964 @command{tar} to archive the files symbolic links point to, instead of
6965 the links themselves. When this option is used, when @command{tar}
6966 encounters a symbolic link, it will archive the linked-to file,
6967 instead of simply recording the presence of a symbolic link.
6968
6969 The name under which the file is stored in the file system is not
6970 recorded in the archive. To record both the symbolic link name and
6971 the file name in the system, archive the file under both names. If
6972 all links were recorded automatically by @command{tar}, an extracted file
6973 might be linked to a file name that no longer exists in the file
6974 system.
6975
6976 If a linked-to file is encountered again by @command{tar} while creating
6977 the same archive, an entire second copy of it will be stored. (This
6978 @emph{might} be considered a bug.)
6979
6980 So, for portable archives, do not archive symbolic links as such,
6981 and use @option{--dereference} (@option{-h}): many systems do not support
6982 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
6983 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
6984
6985 @node old
6986 @subsection Old V7 Archives
6987 @cindex Format, old style
6988 @cindex Old style format
6989 @cindex Old style archives
6990 @cindex v7 archive format
6991
6992 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
6993 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
6994 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
6995 versions, specify the @option{--format=v7} option in
6996 conjunction with the @option{--create} (@option{-c}) (@command{tar} also
6997 accepts @option{--portability} or @samp{op-old-archive} for this
6998 option). When you specify it,
6999 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
7000 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
7001 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
7002
7003 When updating an archive, do not use @option{--format=v7}
7004 unless the archive was created using this option.
7005
7006 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
7007 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
7008 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
7009 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
7010 always use @option{--format=v7} for your distributions.
7011
7012 @node ustar
7013 @subsection Ustar Archive Format
7014
7015 @cindex ustar archive format
7016 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX}.1-1988 specification is called
7017 @code{ustar}. Although it is more flexible than the V7 format, it
7018 still has many restrictions (@xref{Formats,ustar}, for the detailed
7019 description of @code{ustar} format). Along with V7 format,
7020 @code{ustar} format is a good choice for archives intended to be read
7021 with other implementations of @command{tar}.
7022
7023 To create archive in @code{ustar} format, use @option{--format=ustar}
7024 option in conjunction with the @option{--create} (@option{-c}).
7025
7026 @node gnu
7027 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
7028
7029 @cindex GNU archive format
7030 @cindex Old GNU archive format
7031 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
7032 @acronym{POSIX} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
7033 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
7034 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
7035 specified in that @acronym{POSIX} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
7036 @acronym{POSIX} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
7037 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
7038 incompatible with the current @acronym{POSIX} specification, and with
7039 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
7040
7041 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
7042 this format by default. This will change in the future releases, since
7043 we plan to make @samp{posix} format the default.
7044
7045 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
7046 @option{--format=gnu}.
7047
7048 @node posix
7049 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
7050
7051 @cindex POSIX archive format
7052 @cindex PAX archive format
7053 The version @value{VERSION} of @GNUTAR{} is able
7054 to read and create archives conforming to @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} standard.
7055
7056 A @acronym{POSIX} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
7057 was given @option{--format=posix} option.
7058
7059 @node Checksumming
7060 @subsection Checksumming Problems
7061
7062 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
7063 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-ASCII file names, that
7064 is, file names having characters with the eight bit set, because they
7065 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
7066 checksums while creating archives, as per @acronym{POSIX} standards. On
7067 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and
7068 accept any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
7069 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
7070 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
7071 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
7072 vice versa.
7073
7074 @GNUTAR{} compute checksums both ways, and accept
7075 any on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
7076 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
7077 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
7078 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
7079 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
7080 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
7081 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
7082
7083 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
7084 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
7085 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
7086 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
7087 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
7088 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
7089 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
7090 has chosen that their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
7091 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
7092 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
7093 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
7094
7095 @node Large or Negative Values
7096 @subsection Large or Negative Values
7097 @cindex large values
7098 @cindex future time stamps
7099 @cindex negative time stamps
7100
7101 @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar} format uses fixed-sized unsigned octal strings
7102 to represent numeric values. User and group IDs and device major and
7103 minor numbers have unsigned 21-bit representations, and file sizes and
7104 times have unsigned 33-bit representations. @GNUTAR{}
7105 generates @acronym{POSIX} representations when possible, but for values
7106 outside the @acronym{POSIX} range it generates two's-complement base-256
7107 strings: uids, gids, and device numbers have signed 57-bit
7108 representations, and file sizes and times have signed 89-bit
7109 representations. These representations are an extension to @acronym{POSIX}
7110 @command{tar} format, so they are not universally portable.
7111
7112 The most common portability problems with out-of-range numeric values
7113 are large files and future or negative time stamps.
7114
7115 Portable archives should avoid members of 8 GB or larger, as @acronym{POSIX}
7116 @command{tar} format cannot represent them.
7117
7118 Portable archives should avoid time stamps from the future. @acronym{POSIX}
7119 @command{tar} format can represent time stamps in the range 1970-01-01
7120 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16 12:56:31 @sc{utc}. However, many current
7121 hosts use a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, or internal time stamp format,
7122 and cannot represent time stamps after 2038-01-19 03:14:07 @sc{utc}; so
7123 portable archives must avoid these time stamps for many years to come.
7124
7125 Portable archives should also avoid time stamps before 1970. These time
7126 stamps are a common @acronym{POSIX} extension but their @code{time_t}
7127 representations are negative. Many traditional @command{tar}
7128 implementations generate a two's complement representation for negative
7129 time stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}; hence they
7130 generate archives that are not portable to hosts with differing
7131 @code{time_t} representations. @GNUTAR{} recognizes this
7132 situation when it is run on host with a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, but
7133 it issues a warning, as these time stamps are nonstandard and unportable.
7134
7135 @node Compression
7136 @section Using Less Space through Compression
7137
7138 @menu
7139 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
7140 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
7141 @end menu
7142
7143 @node gzip
7144 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
7145 @cindex Compressed archives
7146 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
7147
7148 @GNUTAR{} is able to create and read compressed archives. It supports
7149 @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2} compression programs. For backward
7150 compatibilty, it also supports @command{compress} command, although
7151 we strongly recommend against using it, since there is a patent
7152 covering the algorithm it uses and you could be sued for patent
7153 infringement merely by running @command{compress}! Besides, it is less
7154 effective than @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2}.
7155
7156 Creating a compressed archive is simple: you just specify a
7157 @dfn{compression option} along with the usual archive creation
7158 commands. The compression option is @option{-z} (@option{--gzip}) to
7159 create a @command{gzip} compressed archive, @option{-j}
7160 (@option{--bzip2}) to create a @command{bzip2} compressed archive, and
7161 @option{-Z} (@option{--compress}) to use @command{compress} program.
7162 For example:
7163
7164 @smallexample
7165 $ @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz .}
7166 @end smallexample
7167
7168 Reading compressed archive is even simpler: you don't need to specify
7169 any additional options as @GNUTAR{} recognizes its format
7170 automatically. Thus, the following commands will list and extract the
7171 archive created in previous example:
7172
7173 @smallexample
7174 # List the compressed archive
7175 $ @kbd{tar tf archive.tar.gz}
7176 # Extract the compressed archive
7177 $ @kbd{tar xf archive.tar.gz}
7178 @end smallexample
7179
7180 The only case when you have to specify a decompression option while
7181 reading the archive is when reading from a pipe or from a tape drive
7182 that does not support random access. However, in this case @GNUTAR{}
7183 will indicate which option you should use. For example:
7184
7185 @smallexample
7186 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tf -}
7187 tar: Archive is compressed. Use -z option
7188 tar: Error is not recoverable: exiting now
7189 @end smallexample
7190
7191 If you see such diagnostics, just add the suggested option to the
7192 invocation of @GNUTAR{}:
7193
7194 @smallexample
7195 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tfz -}
7196 @end smallexample
7197
7198 Notice also, that there are several restrictions on operations on
7199 compressed archives. First of all, compressed archives cannot be
7200 modified, i.e., you cannot update (@option{--update} (@option{-u})) them or delete
7201 (@option{--delete}) members from them. Likewise, you cannot append
7202 another @command{tar} archive to a compressed archive using
7203 @option{--append} (@option{-r})). Secondly, multi-volume archives cannot be
7204 compressed.
7205
7206 The following table summarizes compression options used by @GNUTAR{}.
7207
7208 @table @option
7209 @opindex gzip
7210 @opindex ungzip
7211 @item -z
7212 @itemx --gzip
7213 @itemx --ungzip
7214 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
7215
7216 You can use @option{--gzip} and @option{--gunzip} on physical devices
7217 (tape drives, etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data
7218 to or from such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy
7219 of the @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
7220 size. The default compression parameters are used; if you need to
7221 override them, set @env{GZIP} environment variable, e.g.:
7222
7223 @smallexample
7224 $ @kbd{GZIP=--best tar cfz archive.tar.gz subdir}
7225 @end smallexample
7226
7227 @noindent
7228 Another way would be to avoid the @option{--gzip} (@option{--gunzip}, @option{--ungzip}, @option{-z}) option and run
7229 @command{gzip} explicitly:
7230
7231 @smallexample
7232 $ @kbd{tar cf - subdir | gzip --best -c - > archive.tar.gz}
7233 @end smallexample
7234
7235 @cindex corrupted archives
7236 About corrupted compressed archives: @command{gzip}'ed files have no
7237 redundancy, for maximum compression. The adaptive nature of the
7238 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
7239 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
7240 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
7241 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
7242
7243 There are pending suggestions for having a per-volume or per-file
7244 compression in @GNUTAR{}. This would allow for viewing the
7245 contents without decompression, and for resynchronizing decompression at
7246 every volume or file, in case of corrupted archives. Doing so, we might
7247 lose some compressibility. But this would have make recovering easier.
7248 So, there are pros and cons. We'll see!
7249
7250 @opindex bzip2
7251 @item -j
7252 @itemx --bzip2
7253 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}. Otherwise like @option{--gzip}.
7254
7255 @opindex compress
7256 @opindex uncompress
7257 @item -Z
7258 @itemx --compress
7259 @itemx --uncompress
7260 Filter the archive through @command{compress}. Otherwise like @option{--gzip}.
7261
7262 The @acronym{GNU} Project recommends you not use
7263 @command{compress}, because there is a patent covering the algorithm it
7264 uses. You could be sued for patent infringement merely by running
7265 @command{compress}.
7266
7267 @opindex use-compress-program
7268 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
7269 Use external compression program @var{prog}. Use this option if you
7270 have a compression program that @GNUTAR{} does not support. There
7271 are two requirements to which @var{prog} should comply:
7272
7273 First, when called without options, it should read data from standard
7274 input, compress it and output it on standard output.
7275
7276 Secondly, if called with @option{-d} argument, it should do exactly
7277 the opposite, i.e., read the compressed data from the standard input
7278 and produce uncompressed data on the standard output.
7279 @end table
7280
7281 @FIXME{I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
7282 to do it now. I would like to use @option{--gzip}, but I'd also like
7283 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
7284 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
7285 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
7286 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
7287 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
7288 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
7289 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
7290 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
7291
7292 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
7293 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
7294 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
7295 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
7296 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
7297
7298 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
7299 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
7300 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
7301 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
7302 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
7303
7304 Isn't that exactly the role of the @option{--use-compress-prog=@var{program}} option?
7305 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
7306 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
7307 way you want. It should recognize the @option{-d} option, for when
7308 extraction is needed rather than creation.
7309
7310 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
7311 @option{--gzip} or @option{--compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
7312 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
7313 end up with less space on the tape.}
7314
7315 @node sparse
7316 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
7317 @cindex Sparse Files
7318 @UNREVISED
7319
7320 @table @option
7321 @opindex sparse
7322 @item -S
7323 @itemx --sparse
7324 Handle sparse files efficiently.
7325 @end table
7326
7327 This option causes all files to be put in the archive to be tested for
7328 sparseness, and handled specially if they are. The @option{--sparse}
7329 (@option{-S}) option is useful when many @code{dbm} files, for example, are being
7330 backed up. Using this option dramatically decreases the amount of
7331 space needed to store such a file.
7332
7333 In later versions, this option may be removed, and the testing and
7334 treatment of sparse files may be done automatically with any special
7335 @acronym{GNU} options. For now, it is an option needing to be specified on
7336 the command line with the creation or updating of an archive.
7337
7338 Files in the file system occasionally have ``holes.'' A hole in a file
7339 is a section of the file's contents which was never written. The
7340 contents of a hole read as all zeros. On many operating systems,
7341 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
7342 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
7343 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
7344 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @option{--sparse} (@option{-S}). When
7345 you use this option, then, for any file using less disk space than
7346 would be expected from its length, @command{tar} searches the file for
7347 consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records in the archive for
7348 the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros are, and only
7349 archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On extraction (using
7350 @option{--sparse} is not needed on extraction) any such
7351 files have holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros
7352 were found. Thus, if you use @option{--sparse}, @command{tar} archives
7353 won't take more space than the original.
7354
7355 A file is sparse if it contains blocks of zeros whose existence is
7356 recorded, but that have no space allocated on disk. When you specify
7357 the @option{--sparse} option in conjunction with the @option{--create}
7358 (@option{-c}) operation, @command{tar} tests all files for sparseness
7359 while archiving. If @command{tar} finds a file to be sparse, it uses a
7360 sparse representation of the file in the archive. @xref{create}, for
7361 more information about creating archives.
7362
7363 @option{--sparse} is useful when archiving files, such as dbm files,
7364 likely to contain many nulls. This option dramatically
7365 decreases the amount of space needed to store such an archive.
7366
7367 @quotation
7368 @strong{Please Note:} Always use @option{--sparse} when performing file
7369 system backups, to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored
7370 sparsely in the system.
7371
7372 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
7373 created in the future. If you use @option{--sparse} while making file
7374 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
7375 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
7376 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
7377 hundreds of tapes). @FIXME-xref{incremental when node name is set.}
7378 @end quotation
7379
7380 @command{tar} ignores the @option{--sparse} option when reading an archive.
7381
7382 @table @option
7383 @item --sparse
7384 @itemx -S
7385 Files stored sparsely in the file system are represented sparsely in
7386 the archive. Use in conjunction with write operations.
7387 @end table
7388
7389 However, users should be well aware that at archive creation time,
7390 @GNUTAR{} still has to read whole disk file to
7391 locate the @dfn{holes}, and so, even if sparse files use little space
7392 on disk and in the archive, they may sometimes require inordinate
7393 amount of time for reading and examining all-zero blocks of a file.
7394 Although it works, it's painfully slow for a large (sparse) file, even
7395 though the resulting tar archive may be small. (One user reports that
7396 dumping a @file{core} file of over 400 megabytes, but with only about
7397 3 megabytes of actual data, took about 9 minutes on a Sun Sparcstation
7398 ELC, with full CPU utilization.)
7399
7400 This reading is required in all cases and is not related to the fact
7401 the @option{--sparse} option is used or not, so by merely @emph{not}
7402 using the option, you are not saving time@footnote{Well! We should say
7403 the whole truth, here. When @option{--sparse} is selected while creating
7404 an archive, the current @command{tar} algorithm requires sparse files to be
7405 read twice, not once. We hope to develop a new archive format for saving
7406 sparse files in which one pass will be sufficient.}.
7407
7408 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
7409 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
7410 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
7411 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
7412 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
7413 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
7414 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
7415 1990-12-10:
7416
7417 @quotation
7418 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
7419 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
7420 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
7421 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
7422 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
7423 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
7424
7425 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
7426 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
7427 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
7428 get it right.
7429 @end quotation
7430
7431 @node Attributes
7432 @section Handling File Attributes
7433 @UNREVISED
7434
7435 When @command{tar} reads files, it updates their access times. To
7436 avoid this, use the @option{--atime-preserve[=METHOD]} option, which can either
7437 reset the access time retroactively or avoid changing it in the first
7438 place.
7439
7440 Handling of file attributes
7441
7442 @table @option
7443 @opindex atime-preserve
7444 @item --atime-preserve
7445 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
7446 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
7447 Preserve the access times of files that are read. This works only for
7448 files that you own, unless you have superuser privileges.
7449
7450 @option{--atime-preserve=replace} works on most systems, but it also
7451 restores the data modification time and updates the status change
7452 time. Hence it doesn't interact with incremental dumps nicely
7453 (@pxref{Backups}), and it can set access or data modification times
7454 incorrectly if other programs access the file while @command{tar} is
7455 running.
7456
7457 @option{--atime-preserve=system} avoids changing the access time in
7458 the first place, if the operating system supports this.
7459 Unfortunately, this may or may not work on any given operating system
7460 or file system. If @command{tar} knows for sure it won't work, it
7461 complains right away.
7462
7463 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
7464 @option{--atime-preserve=replace}, but this is intended to change to
7465 @option{--atime-preserve=system} when the latter is better-supported.
7466
7467 @opindex touch
7468 @item -m
7469 @itemx --touch
7470 Do not extract data modification time.
7471
7472 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the data modification times
7473 of the files it extracts as the times when the files were extracted,
7474 instead of setting it to the times recorded in the archive.
7475
7476 This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
7477
7478 @opindex same-owner
7479 @item --same-owner
7480 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
7481 archive.
7482
7483 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
7484 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
7485 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
7486 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
7487 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
7488 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
7489 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
7490
7491 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user id and user name
7492 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user id is not
7493 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
7494 and doing a @code{chmod} like when you use @option{--same-permissions},
7495 @FIXME{same-owner?}it tries to look the name (if one was written)
7496 up in @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user id
7497 stored in the archive instead.
7498
7499 @opindex no-same-owner
7500 @item --no-same-owner
7501 @itemx -o
7502 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
7503 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
7504 only for the superuser.
7505
7506 @opindex numeric-owner
7507 @item --numeric-owner
7508 The @option{--numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
7509 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
7510 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
7511 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
7512 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
7513
7514 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
7515 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
7516 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
7517 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
7518 one belonging to the file system(s) being extracted. This occurs,
7519 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
7520 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
7521 disk into another machine to do the restore.
7522
7523 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
7524 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
7525 system, unless @option{--old-archive} (@option{-o}) is used. Numeric ids could be
7526 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
7527 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
7528 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
7529
7530 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
7531 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
7532 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
7533 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
7534 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
7535 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
7536 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
7537 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
7538 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
7539 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
7540 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
7541 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
7542 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
7543 gives you a great deal of control already.
7544
7545 @opindex same-permissions, short description
7546 @opindex preserve-permissions, short description
7547 @item -p
7548 @itemx --same-permissions
7549 @itemx --preserve-permissions
7550 Extract all protection information.
7551
7552 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
7553 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
7554 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
7555 on extracted files. This option is by default enabled when
7556 @command{tar} is executed by a superuser.
7557
7558
7559 This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
7560
7561 @opindex preserve
7562 @item --preserve
7563 Same as both @option{--same-permissions} and @option{--same-order}.
7564
7565 The @option{--preserve} option has no equivalent short option name.
7566 It is equivalent to @option{--same-permissions} plus @option{--same-order}.
7567
7568 @FIXME{I do not see the purpose of such an option. (Neither I. FP.)}
7569
7570 @end table
7571
7572 @node Standard
7573 @section Basic Tar Format
7574 @UNREVISED
7575
7576 While an archive may contain many files, the archive itself is a
7577 single ordinary file. Like any other file, an archive file can be
7578 written to a storage device such as a tape or disk, sent through a
7579 pipe or over a network, saved on the active file system, or even
7580 stored in another archive. An archive file is not easy to read or
7581 manipulate without using the @command{tar} utility or Tar mode in
7582 @acronym{GNU} Emacs.
7583
7584 Physically, an archive consists of a series of file entries terminated
7585 by an end-of-archive entry, which consists of two 512 blocks of zero
7586 bytes. A file
7587 entry usually describes one of the files in the archive (an
7588 @dfn{archive member}), and consists of a file header and the contents
7589 of the file. File headers contain file names and statistics, checksum
7590 information which @command{tar} uses to detect file corruption, and
7591 information about file types.
7592
7593 Archives are permitted to have more than one member with the same
7594 member name. One way this situation can occur is if more than one
7595 version of a file has been stored in the archive. For information
7596 about adding new versions of a file to an archive, see @ref{update}.
7597 @FIXME-xref{To learn more about having more than one archive member with the
7598 same name, see -backup node, when it's written.}
7599
7600 In addition to entries describing archive members, an archive may
7601 contain entries which @command{tar} itself uses to store information.
7602 @xref{label}, for an example of such an archive entry.
7603
7604 A @command{tar} archive file contains a series of blocks. Each block
7605 contains @code{BLOCKSIZE} bytes. Although this format may be thought
7606 of as being on magnetic tape, other media are often used.
7607
7608 Each file archived is represented by a header block which describes
7609 the file, followed by zero or more blocks which give the contents
7610 of the file. At the end of the archive file there are two 512-byte blocks
7611 filled with binary zeros as an end-of-file marker. A reasonable system
7612 should write such end-of-file marker at the end of an archive, but
7613 must not assume that such a block exists when reading an archive. In
7614 particular @GNUTAR{} always issues a warning if it does not encounter it.
7615
7616 The blocks may be @dfn{blocked} for physical I/O operations.
7617 Each record of @var{n} blocks (where @var{n} is set by the
7618 @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b @var{512-size}}) option to @command{tar}) is written with a single
7619 @w{@samp{write ()}} operation. On magnetic tapes, the result of
7620 such a write is a single record. When writing an archive,
7621 the last record of blocks should be written at the full size, with
7622 blocks after the zero block containing all zeros. When reading
7623 an archive, a reasonable system should properly handle an archive
7624 whose last record is shorter than the rest, or which contains garbage
7625 records after a zero block.
7626
7627 The header block is defined in C as follows. In the @GNUTAR{}
7628 distribution, this is part of file @file{src/tar.h}:
7629
7630 @smallexample
7631 @include header.texi
7632 @end smallexample
7633
7634 All characters in header blocks are represented by using 8-bit
7635 characters in the local variant of ASCII. Each field within the
7636 structure is contiguous; that is, there is no padding used within
7637 the structure. Each character on the archive medium is stored
7638 contiguously.
7639
7640 Bytes representing the contents of files (after the header block
7641 of each file) are not translated in any way and are not constrained
7642 to represent characters in any character set. The @command{tar} format
7643 does not distinguish text files from binary files, and no translation
7644 of file contents is performed.
7645
7646 The @code{name}, @code{linkname}, @code{magic}, @code{uname}, and
7647 @code{gname} are null-terminated character strings. All other fields
7648 are zero-filled octal numbers in ASCII. Each numeric field of width
7649 @var{w} contains @var{w} minus 1 digits, and a null.
7650
7651 The @code{name} field is the file name of the file, with directory names
7652 (if any) preceding the file name, separated by slashes.
7653
7654 @FIXME{how big a name before field overflows?}
7655
7656 The @code{mode} field provides nine bits specifying file permissions
7657 and three bits to specify the Set UID, Set GID, and Save Text
7658 (@dfn{sticky}) modes. Values for these bits are defined above.
7659 When special permissions are required to create a file with a given
7660 mode, and the user restoring files from the archive does not hold such
7661 permissions, the mode bit(s) specifying those special permissions
7662 are ignored. Modes which are not supported by the operating system
7663 restoring files from the archive will be ignored. Unsupported modes
7664 should be faked up when creating or updating an archive; e.g., the
7665 group permission could be copied from the @emph{other} permission.
7666
7667 The @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields are the numeric user and group
7668 ID of the file owners, respectively. If the operating system does
7669 not support numeric user or group IDs, these fields should be ignored.
7670
7671 The @code{size} field is the size of the file in bytes; linked files
7672 are archived with this field specified as zero. @FIXME-xref{Modifiers, in
7673 particular the @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) option.}
7674
7675 The @code{mtime} field is the data modification time of the file at
7676 the time it was archived. It is the ASCII representation of the octal
7677 value of the last time the file's contents were modified, represented
7678 as an integer number of
7679 seconds since January 1, 1970, 00:00 Coordinated Universal Time.
7680
7681 The @code{chksum} field is the ASCII representation of the octal value
7682 of the simple sum of all bytes in the header block. Each 8-bit
7683 byte in the header is added to an unsigned integer, initialized to
7684 zero, the precision of which shall be no less than seventeen bits.
7685 When calculating the checksum, the @code{chksum} field is treated as
7686 if it were all blanks.
7687
7688 The @code{typeflag} field specifies the type of file archived. If a
7689 particular implementation does not recognize or permit the specified
7690 type, the file will be extracted as if it were a regular file. As this
7691 action occurs, @command{tar} issues a warning to the standard error.
7692
7693 The @code{atime} and @code{ctime} fields are used in making incremental
7694 backups; they store, respectively, the particular file's access and
7695 status change times.
7696
7697 The @code{offset} is used by the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option, when
7698 making a multi-volume archive. The offset is number of bytes into
7699 the file that we need to restart at to continue the file on the next
7700 tape, i.e., where we store the location that a continued file is
7701 continued at.
7702
7703 The following fields were added to deal with sparse files. A file
7704 is @dfn{sparse} if it takes in unallocated blocks which end up being
7705 represented as zeros, i.e., no useful data. A test to see if a file
7706 is sparse is to look at the number blocks allocated for it versus the
7707 number of characters in the file; if there are fewer blocks allocated
7708 for the file than would normally be allocated for a file of that
7709 size, then the file is sparse. This is the method @command{tar} uses to
7710 detect a sparse file, and once such a file is detected, it is treated
7711 differently from non-sparse files.
7712
7713 Sparse files are often @code{dbm} files, or other database-type files
7714 which have data at some points and emptiness in the greater part of
7715 the file. Such files can appear to be very large when an @samp{ls
7716 -l} is done on them, when in truth, there may be a very small amount
7717 of important data contained in the file. It is thus undesirable
7718 to have @command{tar} think that it must back up this entire file, as
7719 great quantities of room are wasted on empty blocks, which can lead
7720 to running out of room on a tape far earlier than is necessary.
7721 Thus, sparse files are dealt with so that these empty blocks are
7722 not written to the tape. Instead, what is written to the tape is a
7723 description, of sorts, of the sparse file: where the holes are, how
7724 big the holes are, and how much data is found at the end of the hole.
7725 This way, the file takes up potentially far less room on the tape,
7726 and when the file is extracted later on, it will look exactly the way
7727 it looked beforehand. The following is a description of the fields
7728 used to handle a sparse file:
7729
7730 The @code{sp} is an array of @code{struct sparse}. Each @code{struct
7731 sparse} contains two 12-character strings which represent an offset
7732 into the file and a number of bytes to be written at that offset.
7733 The offset is absolute, and not relative to the offset in preceding
7734 array element.
7735
7736 The header can hold four of these @code{struct sparse} at the moment;
7737 if more are needed, they are not stored in the header.
7738
7739 The @code{isextended} flag is set when an @code{extended_header}
7740 is needed to deal with a file. Note that this means that this flag
7741 can only be set when dealing with a sparse file, and it is only set
7742 in the event that the description of the file will not fit in the
7743 allotted room for sparse structures in the header. In other words,
7744 an extended_header is needed.
7745
7746 The @code{extended_header} structure is used for sparse files which
7747 need more sparse structures than can fit in the header. The header can
7748 fit 4 such structures; if more are needed, the flag @code{isextended}
7749 gets set and the next block is an @code{extended_header}.
7750
7751 Each @code{extended_header} structure contains an array of 21
7752 sparse structures, along with a similar @code{isextended} flag
7753 that the header had. There can be an indeterminate number of such
7754 @code{extended_header}s to describe a sparse file.
7755
7756 @table @asis
7757
7758 @item @code{REGTYPE}
7759 @itemx @code{AREGTYPE}
7760 These flags represent a regular file. In order to be compatible
7761 with older versions of @command{tar}, a @code{typeflag} value of
7762 @code{AREGTYPE} should be silently recognized as a regular file.
7763 New archives should be created using @code{REGTYPE}. Also, for
7764 backward compatibility, @command{tar} treats a regular file whose name
7765 ends with a slash as a directory.
7766
7767 @item @code{LNKTYPE}
7768 This flag represents a file linked to another file, of any type,
7769 previously archived. Such files are identified in Unix by each
7770 file having the same device and inode number. The linked-to name is
7771 specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7772
7773 @item @code{SYMTYPE}
7774 This represents a symbolic link to another file. The linked-to name
7775 is specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7776
7777 @item @code{CHRTYPE}
7778 @itemx @code{BLKTYPE}
7779 These represent character special files and block special files
7780 respectively. In this case the @code{devmajor} and @code{devminor}
7781 fields will contain the major and minor device numbers respectively.
7782 Operating systems may map the device specifications to their own
7783 local specification, or may ignore the entry.
7784
7785 @item @code{DIRTYPE}
7786 This flag specifies a directory or sub-directory. The directory
7787 name in the @code{name} field should end with a slash. On systems where
7788 disk allocation is performed on a directory basis, the @code{size} field
7789 will contain the maximum number of bytes (which may be rounded to
7790 the nearest disk block allocation unit) which the directory may
7791 hold. A @code{size} field of zero indicates no such limiting. Systems
7792 which do not support limiting in this manner should ignore the
7793 @code{size} field.
7794
7795 @item @code{FIFOTYPE}
7796 This specifies a FIFO special file. Note that the archiving of a
7797 FIFO file archives the existence of this file and not its contents.
7798
7799 @item @code{CONTTYPE}
7800 This specifies a contiguous file, which is the same as a normal
7801 file except that, in operating systems which support it, all its
7802 space is allocated contiguously on the disk. Operating systems
7803 which do not allow contiguous allocation should silently treat this
7804 type as a normal file.
7805
7806 @item @code{A} @dots{} @code{Z}
7807 These are reserved for custom implementations. Some of these are
7808 used in the @acronym{GNU} modified format, as described below.
7809
7810 @end table
7811
7812 Other values are reserved for specification in future revisions of
7813 the P1003 standard, and should not be used by any @command{tar} program.
7814
7815 The @code{magic} field indicates that this archive was output in
7816 the P1003 archive format. If this field contains @code{TMAGIC},
7817 the @code{uname} and @code{gname} fields will contain the ASCII
7818 representation of the owner and group of the file respectively.
7819 If found, the user and group IDs are used rather than the values in
7820 the @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields.
7821
7822 For references, see ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 or IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, pages
7823 169-173 (section 10.1) for @cite{Archive/Interchange File Format}; and
7824 IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, pages 380-388 (section 4.48) and pages 936-940
7825 (section E.4.48) for @cite{pax - Portable archive interchange}.
7826
7827 @node Extensions
7828 @section @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
7829 @UNREVISED
7830
7831 The @acronym{GNU} format uses additional file types to describe new types of
7832 files in an archive. These are listed below.
7833
7834 @table @code
7835 @item GNUTYPE_DUMPDIR
7836 @itemx 'D'
7837 This represents a directory and a list of files created by the
7838 @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) option. The @code{size} field gives the total
7839 size of the associated list of files. Each file name is preceded by
7840 either a @samp{Y} (the file should be in this archive) or an @samp{N}.
7841 (The file is a directory, or is not stored in the archive.) Each file
7842 name is terminated by a null. There is an additional null after the
7843 last file name.
7844
7845 @item GNUTYPE_MULTIVOL
7846 @itemx 'M'
7847 This represents a file continued from another volume of a multi-volume
7848 archive created with the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option. The original
7849 type of the file is not given here. The @code{size} field gives the
7850 maximum size of this piece of the file (assuming the volume does
7851 not end before the file is written out). The @code{offset} field
7852 gives the offset from the beginning of the file where this part of
7853 the file begins. Thus @code{size} plus @code{offset} should equal
7854 the original size of the file.
7855
7856 @item GNUTYPE_SPARSE
7857 @itemx 'S'
7858 This flag indicates that we are dealing with a sparse file. Note
7859 that archiving a sparse file requires special operations to find
7860 holes in the file, which mark the positions of these holes, along
7861 with the number of bytes of data to be found after the hole.
7862
7863 @item GNUTYPE_VOLHDR
7864 @itemx 'V'
7865 This file type is used to mark the volume header that was given with
7866 the @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) option when the archive was created. The @code{name}
7867 field contains the @code{name} given after the @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) option.
7868 The @code{size} field is zero. Only the first file in each volume
7869 of an archive should have this type.
7870
7871 @end table
7872
7873 You may have trouble reading a @acronym{GNU} format archive on a
7874 non-@acronym{GNU} system if the options @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}),
7875 @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}), @option{--sparse} (@option{-S}), or @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) were
7876 used when writing the archive. In general, if @command{tar} does not
7877 use the @acronym{GNU}-added fields of the header, other versions of
7878 @command{tar} should be able to read the archive. Otherwise, the
7879 @command{tar} program will give an error, the most likely one being a
7880 checksum error.
7881
7882 @node cpio
7883 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
7884 @UNREVISED
7885
7886 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
7887
7888 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
7889 pathname lengths. The binary and old ASCII formats have a max path
7890 length of 256, and the new ASCII and CRC ASCII formats have a max
7891 path length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
7892 with arbitrary pathname lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
7893 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
7894
7895 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in BSD;
7896 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
7897 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
7898 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
7899 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
7900 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
7901 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
7902 into a later BSD release---I think I gave them my changes).
7903
7904 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
7905 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
7906 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
7907 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
7908
7909 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
7910
7911 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and BSD source;
7912 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later BSD
7913 (4.3-tahoe and later).
7914
7915 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
7916 file systems that support 32-bit inumbers (e.g., the BSD file system);
7917 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its "binary"
7918 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its "portable ASCII" format,
7919 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system ID"
7920 field of the header to make sure that the file system ID/i-number pairs
7921 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
7922 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
7923 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
7924 make hard links between them.
7925
7926 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
7927 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
7928 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
7929 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
7930 of the names.
7931
7932 @quotation
7933 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
7934 @end quotation
7935
7936 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
7937 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
7938 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
7939
7940 @quotation
7941 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7942 at the unix scene,
7943 @end quotation
7944
7945 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
7946 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
7947 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
7948 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
7949 @command{cpio} knew about it.
7950
7951 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
7952 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
7953 rest of the files.
7954
7955 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
7956
7957 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
7958 to start on a record boundary.
7959
7960 @quotation
7961 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
7962 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
7963 crashed archives at all.)
7964 @end quotation
7965
7966 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
7967 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
7968 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
7969 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
7970 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
7971 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
7972 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
7973 archive.
7974
7975 @quotation
7976 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7977 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
7978 @end quotation
7979
7980 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
7981 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
7982 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
7983 special files.
7984
7985 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
7986 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
7987 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
7988 backwards compatibility.
7989
7990 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
7991 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
7992 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
7993
7994 @node Media
7995 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
7996 @UNREVISED
7997
7998 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
7999 description. These special cases are discussed below.
8000
8001 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
8002 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
8003 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
8004 such manipulation easier.
8005
8006 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
8007 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
8008
8009 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
8010 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
8011 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
8012 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
8013
8014 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
8015 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
8016 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
8017 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
8018 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
8019 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
8020
8021 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
8022 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
8023 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
8024 not a good idea.
8025
8026 @menu
8027 * Device:: Device selection and switching
8028 * Remote Tape Server::
8029 * Common Problems and Solutions::
8030 * Blocking:: Blocking
8031 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
8032 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
8033 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
8034 * verify::
8035 * Write Protection::
8036 @end menu
8037
8038 @node Device
8039 @section Device Selection and Switching
8040 @UNREVISED
8041
8042 @table @option
8043 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
8044 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
8045 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
8046 @end table
8047
8048 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
8049 works on.
8050
8051 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
8052 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
8053 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
8054 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
8055 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
8056
8057 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
8058 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
8059 sign (@samp{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
8060 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
8061 @command{remsh}) to start up an @command{/usr/libexec/rmt} on the remote
8062 machine. If you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the
8063 @command{rsh}.
8064 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable
8065 @command{/usr/libexec/rmt}. This program is free software from the
8066 University of California, and a copy of the source code can be found
8067 with the sources for @command{tar}; it's compiled and installed by default.
8068 The exact path to this utility is determined when configuring the package.
8069 It is @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} stands for
8070 your installation prefix. This location may also be overridden at
8071 runtime by using @option{rmt-command=@var{command}} option (@xref{Option Summary,
8072 ---rmt-command}, for detailed description of this option. @xref{Remote
8073 Tape Server}, for the description of @command{rmt} command).
8074
8075 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
8076 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
8077 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
8078 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
8079 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
8080
8081 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
8082 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
8083 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
8084 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
8085 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
8086 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
8087 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
8088 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
8089 cartridges or diskettes.
8090
8091 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
8092 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
8093 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
8094 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
8095 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
8096 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
8097 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
8098 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
8099 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
8100 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
8101 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
8102 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
8103
8104 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
8105 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
8106 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
8107 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
8108 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
8109
8110 @table @option
8111 @opindex force-local, short description
8112 @item --force-local
8113 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
8114
8115 @opindex rsh-command
8116 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
8117 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
8118 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
8119 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
8120
8121 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
8122 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
8123 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
8124 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
8125 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
8126 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
8127
8128 @item -[0-7][lmh]
8129 Specify drive and density.
8130
8131 @opindex multi-volume, short description
8132 @item -M
8133 @itemx --multi-volume
8134 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
8135
8136 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
8137 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
8138 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
8139
8140 @opindex tape-length, short description
8141 @item -L @var{num}
8142 @itemx --tape-length=@var{num}
8143 Change tape after writing @var{num} x 1024 bytes.
8144
8145 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
8146 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
8147 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
8148
8149 @opindex info-script, short description
8150 @opindex new-volume-script, short description
8151 @item -F @var{file}
8152 @itemx --info-script=@var{file}
8153 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{file}
8154 Execute @file{file} at end of each tape. This implies
8155 @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}). @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
8156 description of this option.
8157 @end table
8158
8159 @node Remote Tape Server
8160 @section The Remote Tape Server
8161
8162 @cindex remote tape drive
8163 @pindex rmt
8164 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
8165 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
8166 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as
8167 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt} on any machine whose tape drive you
8168 want to use. @command{tar} calls @command{rmt} by running an
8169 @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote machine, optionally
8170 using a different login name if one is supplied.
8171
8172 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. It is
8173 Copyright @copyright{} 1983 by the Regents of the University of
8174 California, but can be freely distributed. It is compiled and
8175 installed by default.
8176
8177 @cindex absolute file names
8178 Unless you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option,
8179 @GNUTAR{} will not allow you to create an archive that contains
8180 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
8181 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
8182 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
8183 message telling you what it is doing.
8184
8185 When reading an archive that was created with a different
8186 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
8187 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
8188 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
8189 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
8190 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
8191 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
8192 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
8193 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
8194 backup tapes.
8195
8196 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
8197 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
8198 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
8199 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
8200 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
8201 from the archive, or you should either use the @option{--absolute-names}
8202 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
8203
8204 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
8205 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
8206 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
8207 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
8208 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
8209 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
8210
8211 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
8212 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
8213 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
8214 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
8215 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
8216 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}.
8217
8218 This means that the @option{--append}, @option{--concatenate}, and
8219 @option{--delete} commands will not work on any other kind of file.
8220 Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which means these commands and
8221 options will never be able to work on them. These non-backspacing
8222 media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
8223
8224 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
8225 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
8226
8227 Archives created with the @option{--multi-volume}, @option{--label}, and
8228 @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) options may not be readable by other version
8229 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
8230 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
8231 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
8232 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
8233 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
8234 with the @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) option.
8235
8236 @node Common Problems and Solutions
8237 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
8238
8239 @ifclear PUBLISH
8240
8241 @format
8242 errors from system:
8243 permission denied
8244 no such file or directory
8245 not owner
8246
8247 errors from @command{tar}:
8248 directory checksum error
8249 header format error
8250
8251 errors from media/system:
8252 i/o error
8253 device busy
8254 @end format
8255
8256 @end ifclear
8257
8258 @node Blocking
8259 @section Blocking
8260 @UNREVISED
8261
8262 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
8263 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
8264 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
8265 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
8266 two terms in a quite consistent way.
8267
8268 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
8269 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
8270
8271 @quotation
8272 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
8273 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
8274 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
8275 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
8276 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
8277 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
8278 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
8279 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
8280 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
8281 parameter specified this to the operating system.
8282
8283 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
8284 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
8285 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
8286 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @acronym{POSIX} (no surprise
8287 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
8288 into the source code too.
8289 @end quotation
8290
8291 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
8292 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
8293 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
8294 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
8295 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
8296 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
8297 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
8298 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
8299 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
8300 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
8301 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
8302 in @GNUTAR{}.
8303
8304 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
8305 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
8306 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
8307 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
8308 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
8309 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
8310 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
8311 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
8312 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
8313 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
8314 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
8315 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
8316 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
8317 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
8318 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
8319
8320 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
8321 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
8322 factor, use the @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
8323 @var{512-size}}) option. Each record will then be composed of
8324 @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is 512 bytes.
8325 @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses at least one
8326 full record. As a result, using a larger record size can result in
8327 more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a larger record
8328 size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
8329
8330 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
8331 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
8332 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
8333 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
8334 honor blocking.
8335
8336 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
8337 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
8338 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
8339 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
8340 normally. On some tape devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure
8341 out the record size itself. On most of those, you can specify a
8342 blocking factor (with @option{--blocking-factor}) larger than the
8343 actual blocking factor, and then use the @option{--read-full-records}
8344 (@option{-B}) option. (If you specify a blocking factor with
8345 @option{--blocking-factor} and don't use the
8346 @option{--read-full-records} option, then @command{tar} will not
8347 attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some devices,
8348 you must always specify the record size exactly with
8349 @option{--blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
8350 figure it out. In any case, use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) before
8351 doing any extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
8352 correctly.
8353
8354 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
8355 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
8356 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
8357 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
8358 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
8359
8360 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
8361 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
8362 @option{--blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
8363 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
8364 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
8365 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
8366 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
8367 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
8368 around one megabyte.
8369
8370 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
8371 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
8372 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
8373 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
8374 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
8375 device.
8376
8377 @menu
8378 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
8379 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
8380 @end menu
8381
8382 @node Format Variations
8383 @subsection Format Variations
8384 @cindex Format Parameters
8385 @cindex Format Options
8386 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
8387 @cindex Options, format specifying
8388 @UNREVISED
8389
8390 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
8391 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
8392 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
8393 store the archive.
8394
8395 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
8396 you can use the options described in the following sections.
8397 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
8398 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
8399 If you create an archive with the @option{--blocking-factor} option
8400 specified (@pxref{Blocking Factor}), you must specify that
8401 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
8402 examples of format parameter considerations.
8403
8404 @node Blocking Factor
8405 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
8406 @cindex Blocking Factor
8407 @cindex Record Size
8408 @cindex Number of blocks per record
8409 @cindex Number of bytes per record
8410 @cindex Bytes per record
8411 @cindex Blocks per record
8412 @UNREVISED
8413
8414 @opindex blocking-factor
8415 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
8416 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
8417 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (ie. the size of a
8418 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
8419 The @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
8420 @var{512-size}}) option specifies the blocking factor of an archive.
8421 The default blocking factor is typically 20 (i.e., 10240 bytes), but
8422 can be specified at installation. To find out the blocking factor of
8423 an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list --file=@var{archive-name}}.
8424 This may not work on some devices.
8425
8426 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
8427 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
8428 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
8429 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
8430 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
8431 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
8432 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
8433 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
8434 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
8435 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
8436 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
8437 writing archives.
8438
8439 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
8440
8441 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
8442 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
8443 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
8444 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
8445 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
8446 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
8447
8448 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
8449 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
8450 example, this has been reported:
8451
8452 @smallexample
8453 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
8454 @end smallexample
8455
8456 @noindent
8457 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
8458 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
8459 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
8460 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
8461 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
8462 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
8463 for example, might resolve the problem.
8464
8465 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
8466 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
8467 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
8468 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
8469 can use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
8470 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
8471 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
8472 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
8473 is), you can usually use the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option while
8474 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
8475 (ie. @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}.
8476 @xref{list}, for more information on the @option{--list} (@option{-t})
8477 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
8478
8479 @table @option
8480 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
8481 @itemx -b @var{number}
8482 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
8483 operation, but is usually not necessary with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
8484 @end table
8485
8486 Device blocking
8487
8488 @table @option
8489 @item -b @var{blocks}
8490 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
8491 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks} * 512} bytes.
8492
8493 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
8494 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
8495 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
8496 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
8497 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
8498 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
8499
8500 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
8501 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
8502 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
8503 running on old machines with small address spaces.
8504
8505 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
8506 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
8507 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
8508 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
8509 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
8510
8511 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
8512 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
8513 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
8514 updating the archive.
8515
8516 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
8517 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
8518 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
8519 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
8520
8521 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
8522 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
8523 the amount of available virtual memory.
8524
8525 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
8526 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
8527 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
8528 @itemize @bullet
8529 @item
8530 the archive is subject to a compression option,
8531 @item
8532 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
8533 redirected nor piped,
8534 @item
8535 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
8536 device,
8537 @item
8538 @option{--blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
8539 invocation.
8540 @end itemize
8541
8542 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
8543 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
8544 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
8545 topic:
8546
8547 @itemize @bullet
8548
8549 @item
8550 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
8551 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
8552 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
8553 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
8554 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
8555 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
8556
8557 @item
8558 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
8559 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
8560 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
8561 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
8562 ignored.
8563
8564 @item
8565 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
8566 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
8567 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
8568 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
8569 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
8570 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
8571 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
8572
8573 @item
8574 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
8575 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
8576 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
8577 @end itemize
8578
8579 @opindex ignore-zeros, short description
8580 @item -i
8581 @itemx --ignore-zeros
8582 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
8583
8584 The @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
8585 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
8586 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
8587 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
8588 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
8589 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
8590 the zeroed blocks.
8591
8592 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
8593 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
8594 are stored on a single physical tape.
8595
8596 @opindex read-full-records, short description
8597 @item -B
8598 @itemx --read-full-records
8599 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2BSD pipes).
8600
8601 If @option{--read-full-records} is used, @command{tar}
8602 will not panic if an attempt to read a record from the archive does
8603 not return a full record. Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading
8604 until it has obtained a full
8605 record.
8606
8607 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
8608 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
8609 because on BSD Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
8610 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
8611 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
8612 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
8613
8614 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
8615
8616 @end table
8617
8618 Tape blocking
8619
8620 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8621
8622 @cindex blocking factor
8623 @cindex tape blocking
8624
8625 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
8626 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
8627 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
8628 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
8629 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
8630 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
8631 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
8632 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
8633 tape motion without loosing information.
8634
8635 @cindex Exabyte blocking
8636 @cindex DAT blocking
8637 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
8638 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
8639 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
8640 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
8641 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
8642 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
8643 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
8644 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
8645 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
8646 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
8647 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
8648 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
8649 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
8650 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
8651 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
8652 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
8653
8654 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
8655 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
8656 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
8657 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
8658
8659 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
8660 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
8661 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
8662
8663 I might also use @option{--number-blocks} instead of
8664 @option{--block-number}, so @option{--block} will then expand to
8665 @option{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
8666
8667 @node Many
8668 @section Many Archives on One Tape
8669
8670 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8671
8672 @findex ntape @r{device}
8673 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
8674 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
8675 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
8676 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
8677 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
8678 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
8679 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
8680 device.
8681
8682 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
8683 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
8684 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
8685 means that a simple:
8686
8687 @smallexample
8688 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
8689 @end smallexample
8690
8691 @noindent
8692 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
8693 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
8694 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
8695 just been saved.
8696
8697 @cindex tape positioning
8698 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
8699 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
8700 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
8701 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
8702 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
8703 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
8704 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
8705 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
8706 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
8707 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
8708 recovered.
8709
8710 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
8711 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
8712
8713 @smallexample
8714 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8715 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
8716 @end smallexample
8717
8718 @cindex tape marks
8719 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
8720 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
8721 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
8722 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
8723 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
8724 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
8725 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
8726 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
8727 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
8728 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
8729 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
8730
8731 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
8732 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
8733
8734 @smallexample
8735 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
8736 @end smallexample
8737
8738 @noindent
8739 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
8740
8741 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
8742 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
8743 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
8744 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
8745 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
8746 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
8747 these commands:
8748
8749 @smallexample
8750 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8751 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
8752 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
8753 @end smallexample
8754
8755 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
8756 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
8757
8758 @menu
8759 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8760 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
8761 @end menu
8762
8763 @node Tape Positioning
8764 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8765 @UNREVISED
8766
8767 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
8768 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
8769 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
8770 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
8771 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
8772 two at the end of all the file entries.
8773
8774 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
8775 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
8776
8777 @smallexample
8778 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
8779 @end smallexample
8780
8781 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
8782 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
8783 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
8784 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
8785 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
8786 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
8787 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
8788 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
8789 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
8790 the beginning of the archive you want to read. You can do it manually
8791 via @code{mt} utility (@pxref{mt}). The @code{restore} script does
8792 that automatically (@pxref{Scripted Restoration}).
8793
8794 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
8795 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
8796 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
8797 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
8798 following:
8799
8800 @smallexample
8801 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
8802 @end smallexample
8803
8804 @node mt
8805 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
8806 @UNREVISED
8807
8808 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
8809 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
8810 @xref{Blocking Factor}.
8811
8812 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
8813 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
8814 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
8815 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
8816 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
8817 together"?}
8818
8819 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
8820
8821 @smallexample
8822 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
8823 @end smallexample
8824
8825 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
8826 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
8827 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
8828
8829 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
8830
8831 @table @option
8832 @item eof
8833 @itemx weof
8834 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
8835
8836 @item fsf
8837 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
8838
8839 @item bsf
8840 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
8841
8842 @item rewind
8843 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}).
8844
8845 @item offline
8846 @itemx rewoff1
8847 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}).
8848
8849 @item status
8850 Prints status information about the tape unit.
8851
8852 @end table
8853
8854 @FIXME{Is there a better way to frob the spacing on the list?}
8855
8856 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
8857 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} uses the device
8858 @file{/dev/rmt12}.
8859
8860 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
8861 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
8862 failed.
8863
8864 @node Using Multiple Tapes
8865 @section Using Multiple Tapes
8866 @UNREVISED
8867
8868 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
8869 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
8870 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
8871 are using options like @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} or dumping entire file systems.
8872 Therefore, @command{tar} supports multiple tapes automatically.
8873
8874 Use @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) on the command line, and
8875 then @command{tar} will, when it reaches the end of the tape, prompt
8876 for another tape, and continue the archive. Each tape will have an
8877 independent archive, and can be read without needing the other. (As
8878 an exception to this, the file that @command{tar} was archiving when
8879 it ran out of tape will usually be split between the two archives; in
8880 this case you need to extract from the first archive, using
8881 @option{--multi-volume}, and then put in the second tape when
8882 prompted, so @command{tar} can restore both halves of the file.)
8883
8884 @GNUTAR{} multi-volume archives do not use a truly portable format.
8885 You need @GNUTAR{} at both ends to process them properly.
8886
8887 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
8888 responses:
8889
8890 @table @kbd
8891 @item ?
8892 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses
8893 @item q
8894 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
8895 @item n @var{file name}
8896 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file name}.
8897 @item !
8898 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell. This option can be disabled
8899 by giving @option{--restrict} command line option to @command{tar}.
8900 @item y
8901 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
8902 @end table
8903
8904 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
8905 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
8906
8907 @cindex End-of-archive info script
8908 @cindex Info script
8909 @anchor{info-script}
8910 @opindex info-script
8911 @opindex new-volume-script
8912 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, give @command{tar} the
8913 @option{--info-script=@var{script-name}}
8914 (@option{--new-volume-script=@var{script-name}}, @option{-F
8915 @var{script-name}}) option. The file @var{script-name} is expected to
8916 be a program (or shell script) to be run instead of the normal
8917 prompting procedure. It is executed without any command line
8918 arguments. Additional data is passed to it via the following
8919 environment variables:
8920
8921 @table @env
8922 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, info script environment variable
8923 @item TAR_VERSION
8924 @GNUTAR{} version number.
8925
8926 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, info script environment variable
8927 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
8928 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
8929
8930 @vrindex TAR_VOLUME, info script environment variable
8931 @item TAR_VOLUME
8932 Ordinal number of the volume @command{tar} is about to start.
8933
8934 @vrindex TAR_SUBCOMMAND, info script environment variable
8935 @item TAR_SUBCOMMAND
8936 Short option describing the operation @command{tar} is executed.
8937 @xref{Operations}, for a complete list of subcommand options.
8938
8939 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, info script environment variable
8940 @item TAR_FORMAT
8941 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
8942 list of archive format names.
8943 @end table
8944
8945 The info script can instruct @command{tar} to use new archive name,
8946 by writing in to file descriptor 3 (see below for an
8947 example).
8948
8949 If the info script fails, @command{tar} exits; otherwise, it begins
8950 writing the next volume.
8951
8952 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
8953 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. You can use the
8954 @option{--tape-length=@var{size}} (@option{-L @var{size}}) option if
8955 @command{tar} can't detect the end of the tape itself. This option
8956 selects @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) automatically. The
8957 @var{size} argument should then be the usable size of the tape in
8958 units of 1024 bytes. But for many devices, and floppy disks in
8959 particular, this option is never required for real, as far as we know.
8960
8961 @cindex Volume number file
8962 @cindex volno file
8963 @anchor{volno-file}
8964 @opindex volno-file
8965 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-change prompt
8966 can be changed; if you give the
8967 @option{--volno-file=@var{file-of-number}} option, then
8968 @var{file-of-number} should be an unexisting file to be created, or
8969 else, a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be
8970 used as the volume number of the first volume written. When
8971 @command{tar} is finished, it will rewrite the file with the
8972 now-current volume number. (This does not change the volume number
8973 written on a tape label, as per @ref{label}, it @emph{only} affects
8974 the number used in the prompt.)
8975
8976 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of files or tape
8977 drives, there are three approaches to choose from. First of all, you
8978 can give @command{tar} multiple @option{--file} options. In this case
8979 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive
8980 volumes of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs
8981 to be used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run
8982 the info script). Secondly, you can use the @samp{n} response to the
8983 tape-change prompt, and, finally, you can use an info script, that
8984 writes new archive name to file descriptor. The following example
8985 illustrates this approach:
8986
8987 @smallexample
8988 @group
8989 #! /bin/sh
8990 echo Preparing volume $TAR_VOLUME of $TAR_ARCHIVE.
8991
8992 name=`expr $TAR_ARCHIVE : '\(.*\)-.*'`
8993 case $TAR_SUBCOMMAND in
8994 -c) ;;
8995 -d|-x|-t) test -r $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME || exit 1
8996 ;;
8997 *) exit 1
8998 esac
8999
9000 echo $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME >&3
9001 @end group
9002 @end smallexample
9003
9004 Each volume of a multi-volume archive is an independent @command{tar}
9005 archive, complete in itself. For example, you can list or extract any
9006 volume alone; just don't specify @option{--multi-volume}
9007 (@option{-M}). However, if one file in the archive is split across
9008 volumes, the only way to extract it successfully is with a
9009 multi-volume extract command @option{--extract --multi-volume}
9010 (@option{-xM}) starting on or before the volume where the file begins.
9011
9012 For example, let's presume someone has two tape drives on a system
9013 named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having @GNUTAR{}
9014 to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
9015 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
9016
9017 @smallexample
9018 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
9019 $ @kbd{tar cMff /dev/tape0 /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
9020 @end smallexample
9021
9022 @menu
9023 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
9024 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
9025 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
9026
9027 @end menu
9028
9029 @node Multi-Volume Archives
9030 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
9031 @cindex Multi-volume archives
9032 @UNREVISED
9033
9034 @opindex multi-volume
9035 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
9036 the media, use the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option in conjunction with
9037 the @option{--create} option (@pxref{create}). A @dfn{multi-volume}
9038 archive can be manipulated like any other archive (provided the
9039 @option{--multi-volume} option is specified), but is stored on more
9040 than one tape or disk.
9041
9042 When you specify @option{--multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
9043 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
9044 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
9045 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
9046 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
9047 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
9048
9049 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
9050 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
9051 volume, use @option{--list}, without @option{--multi-volume} specified.
9052 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
9053 that volume), use @option{--extract}, again without
9054 @option{--multi-volume}.
9055
9056 If an archive member is split across volumes (ie. its entry begins on
9057 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
9058 @option{--multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
9059 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
9060 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
9061 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
9062 information about extracting archives.
9063
9064 @option{--info-script=@var{script-name}}
9065 (@option{--new-volume-script=@var{script-name}}, @option{-F
9066 @var{script-name}}) (@pxref{info-script}) is like
9067 @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}), except that @command{tar} does
9068 not prompt you directly to change media volumes when a volume is
9069 full---instead, @command{tar} runs commands you have stored in
9070 @var{script-name}. For example, this option can be used to eject
9071 cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as @samp{Someone please come
9072 change my tape} when performing unattended backups. When
9073 @var{script-name} is done, @command{tar} will assume that the media
9074 has been changed.
9075
9076 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
9077 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
9078 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
9079 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
9080
9081 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using
9082 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
9083 (@pxref{label}) when it was created, @command{tar} will not
9084 automatically label volumes which are added later. To label
9085 subsequent volumes, specify @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} again
9086 in conjunction with the @option{--append}, @option{--update} or
9087 @option{--concatenate} operation.
9088
9089 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
9090 @FIXME{example}
9091
9092 @FIXME{There should be a sample program here, including an exit
9093 before end. Is the exit status even checked in tar? :-(}
9094
9095 @table @option
9096 @item --multi-volume
9097 @itemx -M
9098 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
9099 @option{--create} (@option{-c}). To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
9100 archive, specify @option{--multi-volume} in conjunction with that
9101 operation.
9102
9103 @item --info-script=@var{program-file}
9104 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{program-file}
9105 @itemx -F @var{program-file}
9106 Creates a multi-volume archive via a script. Used in conjunction with
9107 @option{--create} (@option{-c}). @xref{info-script}, dor a detailed discussion.
9108 @end table
9109
9110 Beware that there is @emph{no} real standard about the proper way, for
9111 a @command{tar} archive, to span volume boundaries. If you have a
9112 multi-volume created by some vendor's @command{tar}, there is almost
9113 no chance you could read all the volumes with @GNUTAR{}.
9114 The converse is also true: you may not expect
9115 multi-volume archives created by @GNUTAR{} to be
9116 fully recovered by vendor's @command{tar}. Since there is little
9117 chance that, in mixed system configurations, some vendor's
9118 @command{tar} will work on another vendor's machine, and there is a
9119 great chance that @GNUTAR{} will work on most of
9120 them, your best bet is to install @GNUTAR{} on all
9121 machines between which you know exchange of files is possible.
9122
9123 @node Tape Files
9124 @subsection Tape Files
9125 @UNREVISED
9126
9127 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
9128 @option{--label=@var{volume-label}} (@option{-V @var{volume-label}})
9129 option. This will write a special block identifying
9130 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the
9131 archive which will be displayed when the archive is listed with
9132 @option{--list}. If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
9133 @option{--multi-volume} (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}), then the
9134 volume label will have @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name
9135 you give, where @var{nnn} is the number of the volume of the archive.
9136 (If you use the @option{--label=@var{volume-label}}) option when
9137 reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the tape
9138 matches the one you give. @xref{label}.
9139
9140 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
9141 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
9142 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
9143 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
9144 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
9145 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
9146 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
9147
9148 People seem to often do:
9149
9150 @smallexample
9151 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
9152 @end smallexample
9153
9154 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
9155
9156 @node Tarcat
9157 @subsection Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
9158
9159 @pindex tarcat
9160 Sometimes it is necessary to convert existing @GNUTAR{} multi-volume
9161 archive to a single @command{tar} archive. Simply concatenating all
9162 volumes into one will not work, since each volume carries an additional
9163 information at the beginning. @GNUTAR{} is shipped with the shell
9164 script @command{tarcat} designed for this purpose.
9165
9166 The script takes a list of files comprising a multi-volume archive
9167 and creates the resulting archive at the standard output. For example:
9168
9169 @smallexample
9170 @kbd{tarcat vol.1 vol.2 vol.3 | tar tf -}
9171 @end smallexample
9172
9173 The script implements a simple heuristics to determine the format of
9174 the first volume file and to decide how to process the rest of the
9175 files. However, it makes no attempt to verify whether the files are
9176 given in order or even if they are valid @command{tar} archives.
9177 It uses @command{dd} and does not filter its standard error, so you
9178 will usually see lots of spurious messages.
9179
9180 @FIXME{The script is not installed. Should we install it?}
9181
9182 @node label
9183 @section Including a Label in the Archive
9184 @cindex Labeling an archive
9185 @cindex Labels on the archive media
9186 @UNREVISED
9187
9188 @opindex label
9189 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
9190 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry---an archive member which
9191 contains the name of the archive---in the archive itself. Use the
9192 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
9193 option in conjunction with the @option{--create} operation to include
9194 a label entry in the archive as it is being created.
9195
9196 @table @option
9197 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
9198 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
9199 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
9200 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
9201 @option{--create} operation. Checks to make sure the archive label
9202 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with any other
9203 operation.
9204 @end table
9205
9206 If you create an archive using both
9207 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
9208 and @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}), each volume of the archive
9209 will have an archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label}
9210 Volume @var{n}}, where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the
9211 next, and so on. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}, for information on
9212 creating multiple volume archives.
9213
9214 @cindex Volume label, listing
9215 @cindex Listing volume label
9216 The volume label will be displayed by @option{--list} along with
9217 the file contents. If verbose display is requested, it will also be
9218 explicitely marked as in the example below:
9219
9220 @smallexample
9221 @group
9222 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
9223 V--------- 0 0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
9224 -rw-rw-rw- ringo user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
9225 @end group
9226 @end smallexample
9227
9228 @opindex test-label
9229 @anchor{--test-label option}
9230 However, @option{--list} option will cause listing entire
9231 contents of the archive, which may be undesirable (for example, if the
9232 archive is stored on a tape). You can request checking only the volume
9233 by specifying @option{--test-label} option. This option reads only the
9234 first block of an archive, so it can be used with slow storage
9235 devices. For example:
9236
9237 @smallexample
9238 @group
9239 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive}
9240 iamalabel
9241 @end group
9242 @end smallexample
9243
9244 If @option{--test-label} is used with a single command line
9245 argument, @command{tar} compares the volume label with the
9246 argument. It exits with code 0 if the two strings match, and with code
9247 2 otherwise. In this case no output is displayed. For example:
9248
9249 @smallexample
9250 @group
9251 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalable'}
9252 @result{} 0
9253 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalable' alabel}
9254 @result{} 1
9255 @end group
9256 @end smallexample
9257
9258 If you request any operation, other than @option{--create}, along
9259 with using @option{--label} option, @command{tar} will first check if
9260 the archive label matches the one specified and will refuse to proceed
9261 if it does not. Use this as a safety precaution to avoid accidentally
9262 overwriting existing archives. For example, if you wish to add files
9263 to @file{archive}, presumably labelled with string @samp{My volume},
9264 you will get:
9265
9266 @smallexample
9267 @group
9268 $ @kbd{tar -rf archive --label 'My volume' .}
9269 tar: Archive not labeled to match `My volume'
9270 @end group
9271 @end smallexample
9272
9273 @noindent
9274 in case its label does not match. This will work even if
9275 @file{archive} is not labelled at all.
9276
9277 Similarly, @command{tar} will refuse to list or extract the
9278 archive if its label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
9279 specified. In those cases, @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted
9280 as a globbing-style pattern which must match the actual magnetic
9281 volume label. @xref{exclude}, for a precise description of how match
9282 is attempted@footnote{Previous versions of @command{tar} used full
9283 regular expression matching, or before that, only exact string
9284 matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the sake of
9285 simplicity to use a uniform matching device through
9286 @command{tar}.}. If the switch @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) is being used,
9287 the volume label matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by
9288 @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}} if the initial match fails, before giving
9289 up. Since the volume numbering is automatically added in labels at
9290 creation time, it sounded logical to equally help the user taking care
9291 of it when the archive is being read.
9292
9293 The @option{--label} was once called @option{--volume}, but is not
9294 available under that name anymore.
9295
9296 You can also use @option{--label} to get a common information on
9297 all tapes of a series. For having this information different in each
9298 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
9299 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
9300
9301 @smallexample
9302 @group
9303 $ @kbd{tar cfMV /dev/tape "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
9304 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
9305 --volume="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
9306 @end group
9307 @end smallexample
9308
9309 Also note that each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
9310 to when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
9311 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
9312 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready. Comparing date
9313 labels does give an idea of tape throughput only if the delays for
9314 rewinding tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which
9315 is usually not the case.
9316
9317 @node verify
9318 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
9319 @cindex Verifying a write operation
9320 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
9321
9322 @table @option
9323 @item -W
9324 @itemx --verify
9325 @opindex verify, short description
9326 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
9327 @end table
9328
9329 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
9330 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
9331 are recorded on the standard error output.
9332
9333 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
9334 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
9335 cannot be verified.
9336
9337 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
9338 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
9339 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
9340 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
9341 it is up to date.
9342
9343 @opindex verify, using with @option{--create}
9344 @opindex create, using with @option{--verify}
9345 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
9346 written, use the @option{--verify} (@option{-W}) option in conjunction with
9347 the @option{--create} operation. When this option is
9348 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
9349 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
9350
9351 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
9352 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
9353 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
9354 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
9355
9356 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file
9357 system by using the @option{--compare} (@option{--diff}, @option{-d})
9358 option, instead of using the more automatic @option{--verify} option.
9359 @xref{compare}.
9360
9361 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
9362 @option{--compare} option checks how identical are the logical contents of some
9363 archive with what is on your disks, while the @option{--verify} option is
9364 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
9365 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @option{--verify}
9366 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
9367 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
9368 @option{--compare} option. If you nevertheless use @option{--compare} for
9369 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
9370 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
9371 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
9372 the same volume as the one just written or read.
9373
9374 The @option{--verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
9375 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
9376 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
9377 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
9378 as long as programming is concerned.
9379
9380 The @option{--verify} (@option{-W}) option will not work in
9381 conjunction with the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option or
9382 the @option{--append} (@option{-r}), @option{--update} (@option{-u})
9383 and @option{--delete} operations. @xref{Operations}, for more
9384 information on these operations.
9385
9386 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
9387 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
9388 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
9389 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
9390 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
9391
9392 @node Write Protection
9393 @section Write Protection
9394
9395 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
9396 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
9397 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
9398 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
9399 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
9400 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards).
9401
9402 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
9403 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
9404 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
9405 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
9406 changeable feature.
9407
9408 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
9409 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
9410 @include freemanuals.texi
9411
9412 @node Genfile
9413 @appendix Genfile
9414 @include genfile.texi
9415
9416 @node Snapshot Files
9417 @appendix Format of the Incremental Snapshot Files
9418 @include snapshot.texi
9419
9420 @node Copying This Manual
9421 @appendix Copying This Manual
9422
9423 @menu
9424 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
9425 @end menu
9426
9427 @include fdl.texi
9428
9429 @node Index of Command Line Options
9430 @appendix Index of Command Line Options
9431
9432 This appendix contains an index of all @GNUTAR{} long command line
9433 options. The options are listed without the preceeding double-dash.
9434
9435 @FIXME{@itemize
9436 @item Make sure @emph{all} options are indexed.
9437 @item Provide an index of short options
9438 @end itemize}
9439
9440 @printindex op
9441
9442 @node Index
9443 @appendix Index
9444
9445 @printindex cp
9446
9447 @summarycontents
9448 @contents
9449 @bye
9450
9451 @c Local variables:
9452 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
9453 @c End:
9454
This page took 0.432201 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.